*** empty log message ***

9 files changed, 6110 insertions, 6122 deletions

diff --git a/etc/ChangeLog b/etc/ChangeLog
index 93efc8dc5ee..8faaf8a888d 100644
--- a/etc/ChangeLog
+++ b/etc/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@
+2000-08-17  Gerd Moellmann  <gerd@gnu.org>
+
+        * NEWS.1: Reintegrated into NEWS.
+
+        * OOOOONEWS...OONEWS: Renamed to NEWS.1...NEWS.4.
+
 2000-08-16  Gerd Moellmann  <gerd@gnu.org>
 
         * dired-ref.tex, dired-ref.ps: New files.
diff --git a/etc/NEWS b/etc/NEWS
index b8eacecc9bf..b2983a30b2b 100644
--- a/etc/NEWS
+++ b/etc/NEWS
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 See the end for copying conditions.
 
 Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
-For older news, see the file NEWS.1.
+For older news, see the file ONEWS
 
 
 * Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
@@ -3456,8 +3456,4988 @@ overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
 horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
 support a vertical-bar cursor).
 
+
+^L
+* Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
+
+** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
+input.
+
+** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
+
+** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
+
+** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
+only for character input, but also in incremental search.  The
+exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
+(e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
+(e.g. iso-2022-jp).  They are ignored in incremental search.
+
+** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
+been added.
+
+^L
+* Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
+
+** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
+
+^L
+* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
+
+** Not new, but not mentioned before:
+M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
+
+* Changes in Emacs 20.4
+
+** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
+
+You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
+Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'.  If you use the name
+`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
+
+If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
+is the one that is used.
+
+** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
+the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
+Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
+separate from the command's regular output.
+Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
+says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
+In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
+the buffer name.
+
+When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
+output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
+it from the previous batch of error output.  The error buffer is not
+cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
+
+** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
+the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
+is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
+created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
+
+** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names.  For
+example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
+match c*.c.  To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
+quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
+
+** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
+now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
+if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
+they never ignore case.
+
+** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
+under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
+applies to all operating systems.  Emacs recognizes from the contents
+of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
+just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
+convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing.  This is a
+part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
+
+If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
+the same format that was used in the file before.
+
+You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
+`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
+
+** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
+renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
+This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
+
+** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
+The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
+buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
+your operating system.  For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
+is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems.  The usual
+end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
+Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
+
+The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
+eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
+control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
+format.  You can now customize these variables.
+
+** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
+filename contained non-ASCII characters.  Now this is fixed.  Such a
+filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
+enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
+
+** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
+in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
+windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
+
+** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
+dynamic-completion-mode to enable it.  Just loading the file
+doesn't have any effect.
+
+** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
+not one per buffer.
+
+** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
+use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
+  (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
+
+** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
+To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
+`auto-show-mode' command.
+
+** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
+avoid redisplay problems.  As a consequence, compared with previous
+versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
+choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line.  This change
+occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
+
+** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
+cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
+
+** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
+character set specified in the message.  If you want to disable this
+feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
+
+** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
+the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
+interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
+and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
+
+** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
+
+The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
+that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
+one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
+codepage.  For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
+set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
+
+Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
+from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
+
+IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
+equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
+a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
+`?' on other systems.
+
+IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
+feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
+Unix.
+
+Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
+current codepage when it starts.
+
+** Mail changes
+
+*** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
+`mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
+appropriate MIME headers are added.  The headers are added only if
+non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
+MIME headers are already present.  For example, the following three
+headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
+latin-1:
+
+  MIME-version: 1.0
+  Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
+  Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
+
+*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
+default way to encode outgoing mail.  This has higher priority than
+default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
+sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
+buffer-file-coding-system.
+
+You should not set this variable manually.  Instead, set
+sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
+mail.
+
+*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
+if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
+Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
+list of possible coding systems.
+
+** CC Mode changes
+
+*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
+modes to style names.  When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
+longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style.  See the variable's
+docstring for details.
+
+*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
+symbol.  The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
+found.  This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
+prioritized order on a single line.  However, none of the supplied
+lineup functions use this feature currently.
+
+*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
+"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
+
+*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
+"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
+
+*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
+from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode.  Two new
+symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
+c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
+anonymous classes.
+
+*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
+syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
+
+*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
+inexpr-class.  New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
+support and gcc-style statements inside expressions.  New lineup
+function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
+
+*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
+(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
+brace.  These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
+c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
+(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
+
+*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
+
+*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
+
+*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
+for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
+
+*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
+
+*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol.  The indentation
+associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
+This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
+circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
+class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
+
+** Gnus changes.
+
+*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
+added.  A plethora of new commands and modes have been added.  See the
+Gnus manual for the full story.
+
+*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
+before.  All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
+group, which is created automatically.
+
+*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
+values.
+
+*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
+
+*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
+outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
+
+*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
+`C-u C-c C-c'.
+
+*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
+
+*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
+re-highlighting of the article buffer.
+
+*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
+
+*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command.  See the section "Symbolic
+Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
+
+*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
+`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
+
+*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
+control over simplification.
+
+*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
+
+*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
+limit.
+
+*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
+
+*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
+
+*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
+If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
+rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
+
+*** Cancelling now uses the current select method.  Symbolic prefix
+`a' forces normal posting method.
+
+*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
+-- `W d'.
+
+*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
+to a non-nil value.
+
+*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
+where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
+
+*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
+has been added.
+
+*** A history of where mails have been split is available.
+
+*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
+
+*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
+`gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
+
+*** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
+`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
+
+*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
+
+*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
+been added.
+
+*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
+`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
+
+*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
+updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
+
+*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
+
+*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
+
+*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
+
+** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
+
+*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
+options for the TeX run.  The default value causes TeX to run in
+nonstopmode.  For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
+
+*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell.  In a
+TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
+of these keys may not work on all systems).  For instance, if you run
+TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
+can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
+
+*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
+All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
+but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell.  Thus you can use
+the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
+
+*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
+the matching of braces and $'s.  The errors are listed in a *Occur*
+buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
+mismatch.
+
+** Changes to RefTeX mode
+
+*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
+file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
+
+*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
+lowercase by default.  To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
+characters will lose their accent.  All Mule characters will be
+removed from the label.
+
+*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
+a window instead of the echo area.  See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
+
+*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files.  See the
+customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
+
+*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
+`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
+expressions.
+
+*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
+
+** New/deleted modes and packages
+
+*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
+SNMPv2 MIBs.  It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
+
+*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
+editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
+SQL interpreters.  It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
+
+*** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
+changes with a special face.
+
+*** ispell4.el has been deleted.  It got in the way of ispell.el and
+this was hard to fix reliably.  It has long been obsolete -- use
+Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
+
+* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
+
+** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
+This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
+conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
+and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup.  For details,
+check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
+
+The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
+Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
+distribution when the config.bat script is run.
+
+** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
+MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
+controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
+directly to a printer port.  Similarly, in the previous version of
+Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
+on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
+string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
+program is used.  (These changes were made so that configuration of
+printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
+
+** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
+output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
+available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
+input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
+temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
+program.
+
+An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
+and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware.  For both of these
+programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
+automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
+as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
+ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
+
+** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
+a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
+MS-DOS and MS-Windows only.  This has been true since version 20.3, but
+was not documented clearly before.
+
+** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
+This includes Tetris and Snake.
+
+* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
+
+** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
+return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
+They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
+meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
+
+** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
+WILDCARD.  If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
+and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
+
+** Changes in the file-attributes function.
+
+*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
+It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
+
+*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
+the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
+integers.
+
+** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
+files in a directory and their attributes.  It accepts the same
+arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
+file names and attributes are returned.
+
+** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
+sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes.  It
+accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its atttributes.
+It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
+returns the result.
+
+** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
+to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
+
+** New functions for base64 conversion:
+
+The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
+into the base64 code used in MIME.  base64-decode-region
+performs the opposite conversion.  Line-breaking is supported
+optionally.
+
+Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
+job on the text in a string.  They return the value as a new string.
+
+**
+The new function process-running-child-p
+will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
+terminal to its own child process.
+
+** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
+when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
+to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
+itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
+
+** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
+be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
+
+** easymenu.el Now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
+:included is an alias for :visible.
+
+easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
+easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p.  This can be used
+to move or copy menu entries.
+
+** Multibyte editing changes
+
+*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed.  Now, sref is
+an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1.  This change is to
+make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
+work on the latest Emacs.  Such code uses a combination of sref and
+char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
+        (setq char (sref str idx)
+              idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
+The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
+
+If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
+(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
+        (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
+
+*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
+region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
+deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
+
+    Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibitted
+
+This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
+across the boundary.
+
+*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
+`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
+    o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
+      contains 8-bit characters.
+    o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
+      contains invalid characters.
+
+*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
+text properties of the target region.  Ideally, they should correctly
+preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard.  Removing
+text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
+way.
+
+*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
+If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
+end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
+prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
+
+*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
+compose Thai characters in a string.
+
+** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
+argument NAME, which should be a string.  It supplies the menu name
+for the created keymap.  Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
+menus should always use the third argument.
+
+** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
+read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped.  Now the second
+arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  These functions use the current
+input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
+
+** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
+of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns.  This is useful in
+programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
+inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
+
+** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
+the echo area, while executing some Lisp code.  Like `progn', it
+returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
+echo area contents.
+
+   (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
+
+** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
+NOERROR.  If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
+requested feature cannot be loaded.
+
+** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
+foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
+means to clear out that attribute.
+
+** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
+gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
+
+** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
+read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
+unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
+end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
+
+** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
+the gap of the current buffer.
+
+** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
+to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
+current buffer.
+
+** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
+facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
+These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
+it back in after any modifications have been made.
+
+* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
+
+** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
+the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
+/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
+directories themselves.  Both immediate subdirectories and
+subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
+
+Not all subdirectories are included, though.  Subdirectories whose
+names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
+Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded.  Also, a subdirectory
+which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded.  You can use
+these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
+
+Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
+starts up.  While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
+time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
+
+This feature is an incompatible change.  If you have stored some Emacs
+Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
+to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
+subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
+`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
+results.
+
+** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
+GCC.  This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
+that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
+fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
+
+* Changes in Emacs 20.3
+
+** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
+including its argument.  If you repeat the z afterward,
+it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
+perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
+
+** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
+specified region.  To do this, set point and mark around the desired
+region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_).  You can then continue undoing
+further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
+command C-x u or C-_.  This will keep undoing changes that were made
+within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
+are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
+region.
+
+In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
+selective undo.
+
+** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
+unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
+buffer.  Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
+effect.  The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
+Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
+
+The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
+though.  If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
+-*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.  That will force Emacs to
+load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
+
+** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
+no longer appears in the menu bar.  We've realized that changing the
+enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
+something that most users not do.
+
+** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
+operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
+The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
+applications.
+
+C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
+pasting operations.
+
+** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
+setting the variable `printer-name'.  Just what a printer name looks
+like depends on your operating system.  You can specify a different
+printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
+`ps-printer-name'.
+
+** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
+minor mode.  It is called M-x flyspell-mode.  You don't have to remember
+any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
+except when you make a spelling error.  Flyspell works by highlighting
+incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
+hits a new word.
+
+Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
+Ispell in Emacs.  In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
+to be confused by TeX commands.
+
+You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
+correct.  You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
+clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
+of various alternative replacements and actions.
+
+Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections.  M-TAB replaces
+the current misspelled word with a possible correction.  If several
+corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
+alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
+flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
+
+Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
+flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
+
+** Changes in input method usage.
+
+Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
+the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
+respectively.
+
+You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
+
+If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
+of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
+
+The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
+that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
+
+  If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
+
+  If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
+
+  If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
+  when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
+
+  If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
+  given in the following case:
+    o When you are using a complex input method.
+    o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
+
+If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
+input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
+and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
+setting it to t is helpful.
+
+The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
+
+In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
+keys:
+        Shift-SPC       toggle-korean-input-method
+        C-F9            quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
+        F9              quail-hangul-switch-hanja
+These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
+environment.
+
+** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
+names, not the entire minibuffer input.  For example, if the
+minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
+get
+
+     /usr/foo//etc/passwd
+
+which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
+
+Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
+Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
+
+** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
+at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
+its owner and group.
+
+** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
+Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
+
+** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
+contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
+
+** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
+which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
+in all the lines on a rectangle.  The column is specified
+by the left edge of the rectangle.
+
+** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
+increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
+C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG.  This is useful
+for writing keyboard macros.
+
+** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
+files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to.  The
+frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
+the frame that it was started from.  Some major modes define
+additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
+info.
+
+** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
+
+** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
+query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
+contents only.
+
+** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
+confirmation before overwriting an existing file.  When you call
+the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
+says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
+
+** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
+non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
+literally.  If you say no, it signals an error.
+
+** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
+now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
+Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
+inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
+
+** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
+failure if the command produces no output.
+
+** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
+manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
+the mouse.
+
+** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
+mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
+function and variable names.
+
+** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
+reading specific files.  This has higher priority than
+file-coding-system-alist.
+
+** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
+t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
+converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
+the current language environment.  As a result, they are displayed
+according to the current fontset.
+
+** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
+
+The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
+that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
+nonascii-insert-offset.
+
+For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
+enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
+nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
+characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
+
+** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
+an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
+
+** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
+letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
+
+** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
+are inferred and hyperlinked.  Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
+command keys.
+
+** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
+user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
+
+Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
+user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
+all variables that have documentation.
+
+** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
+shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
+that shows you overlap with the previous line of text.  The variable
+minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
+it should show; the default is 20.
+
+Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
+the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
+of your input.
+
+** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
+all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
+recent Emacs versions.  You specify a previous Emacs version number as
+argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
+the customizable options which were changed since that version.
+Newly added options are included as well.
+
+If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
+then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
+for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
+
+This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
+Customize menu.
+
+** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
+the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
+
+** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
+buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
+invoked.
+
+** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
+that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
+The default is 1.
+
+** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
+syntax, not word syntax.  Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
+new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
+(C-x n d).  M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
+sensibly.
+
+** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
+
+** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
+value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
+two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
+
+** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
+reminder about upcoming diary entries.  See the documentation string
+for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
+every night.
+
+** Desktop changes
+
+*** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
+the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
+
+*** Minor modes are now restored.  Which minor modes are restored
+and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
+
+** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
+read and post multi-lingual articles.
+
+** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
+doing an isearch.  In order for this to happen search-invisible should
+be set to open (the default).  If an isearch match is inside a hidden
+outline the outline is made visible.  If you continue pressing C-s and
+the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
+made invisible again.
+
+** Mail reading and sending changes
+
+*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
+the message before it lets you edit the message.  This is so that any
+changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
+toggle.
+
+*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
+now works in the summary buffer as well.  (The command to delete the
+summary buffer is now Q.)  The default file name for the w command, if
+the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
+rmail-default-body-file.
+
+*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
+longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator.  Instead, they
+handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
+
+*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
+it should be an expression.  When you send a message, this expression
+is evaluated to insert the signature.
+
+*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
+outbound email messages.  It works in coordination with other email
+handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
+putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
+transmission.  Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
+especially interested in trying feedmail.
+
+feedmail is not enabled by default.  See comments at the top of
+feedmail.el for set-up instructions.  Among the bigger features
+provided by feedmail are:
+
+**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
+stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
+there is also a queue for draft messages
+
+**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
+be prompted for confirmation
+
+**** does smart filling of address headers
+
+**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
+the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
+can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
+
+**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
+the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
+/usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
+function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp)
+
+** Dired changes
+
+*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
+files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
+
+*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el.  It allows one to easily
+run Dired on the directory name at point.
+
+*** Dired has a new command: %g.  It searches the contents of
+files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
+for a specified regexp.
+
+** VC Changes
+
+*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
+conveniently.
+
+*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten.  It is now much
+faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
+Dired.
+
+VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
+directory to display.  By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
+listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
+currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
+
+You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
+then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
+vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
+control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
+on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
+
+All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
+is redefined as the version control prefix.  That means you may type
+`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
+the file named in the current Dired buffer line.  `v v' invokes
+`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
+
+The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
+toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
+VC files plus subdirectories).  There is also a special command,
+`* l', to mark all files currently locked.
+
+Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
+ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
+command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
+
+*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
+file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
+session to resolve them.
+
+Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
+resolve conflicts in a file at any time.  It works in any buffer that
+contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
+uses as well).
+
+*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
+command vc-merge (C-x v m).  It is implemented for RCS and CVS.  When
+you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
+either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
+branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
+If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
+using ediff.
+
+** Changes in Font Lock
+
+*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
+are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
+use for highlighting constants and labels.  (Its face properties are
+unchanged.)  The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
+compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
+
+** Frame name display changes
+
+*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
+frame.  You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
+raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
+when many frames are invisible or iconified.
+
+*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
+frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
+menu.
+
+** Comint (subshell) changes
+
+*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
+subjob now also kill pending input.  This is for compatibility
+with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
+
+*** There are new commands in Comint mode.
+
+C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
+that is, the line after the last line you got.
+You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
+
+C-c SPC accumulates lines of input.  More precisely, it arranges to
+send the current line together with the following line, when you send
+the following line.
+
+C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
+which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
+previously sent input.
+
+C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
+it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
+as the search string.
+
+*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
+automatically in compilation-mode windows.
+
+** C mode changes
+
+*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
+and as recognized syntax.  New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
+assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
+definition.
+
+*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
+(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
+Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated.  "gnu"
+style is still the default however.
+
+*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
+
+*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
+are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
+them.  They do not have key bindings by default.
+
+*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
+and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
+
+*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
+namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
+
+*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
+makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
+
+*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
+c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
+
+*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded.  You
+should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
+package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file.  A new
+variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
+
+** Changes to hippie-expand.
+
+*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
+non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
+which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
+
+*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
+non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
+expanding dynamically.
+
+*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
+non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
+
+*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
+non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
+this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
+expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
+
+*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
+
+** Changes in BibTeX mode.
+
+*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
+bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
+automatic key generation.  This replaces variable
+bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
+against the first word in the title.
+
+*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
+capitalized words.  To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
+bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
+lowerkey characters will still be ignored.  Thus, if you want to use
+lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
+bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
+
+*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
+generation is more flexible.  Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
+replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
+bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
+
+** Changes in vcursor.el.
+
+*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
+and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text.  A
+variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
+entered exactly as if typed.  Numerous functions, including
+`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
+in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
+
+*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
+Editing group once the package is loaded.
+
+*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
+generally a bad side effect.  Use M-x customize to set
+vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behaviour.
+
+*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
+vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
+
+** Ispell changes.
+
+*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
+buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings.  Comments and strings
+are identified by syntax tables in effect.
+
+*** Generic region skipping implemented.
+A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
+and will not be checked.  The definitions of the regions can be user
+defined.  New applications and improvements made available by this
+include:
+
+    o URLs are automatically skipped
+    o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
+
+*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
+
+** Changes to RefTeX mode
+
+RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
+large projects (like a several volume math book).  The parser has been
+re-written from scratch.  To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
+section `Optimizations' in the manual.
+
+*** New recursive parser.
+
+The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
+entire multifile document in order to parse the document.  The new
+recursive parser scans the individual files.
+
+*** Parsing only part of a document.
+
+Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
+partial scans.  To use this feature, read the documentation string of
+the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
+
+    (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
+
+*** Storing parsing information in a file.
+
+This can improve startup times considerably.  To turn it on, use
+
+    (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
+
+*** Using multiple selection buffers
+
+If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
+for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
+
+    (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
+
+*** References to external documents.
+
+The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
+documents.  RefTeX can provide information about the external
+documents as well.  To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
+macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
+RefTeX.  The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
+the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
+The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
+
+*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
+
+The builtin command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
+and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
+
+Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
+the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
+
+*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
+
+The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
+buffers.  See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
+
+*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
+
+The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
+contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
+`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'.  The selection processes
+have a number of new keys predefined.  In particular, TAB lets you
+enter a label with completion.  Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
+at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
+more.
+
+*** Support for the varioref package
+
+The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
+
+*** New hooks
+
+Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
+and citations are created. These hooks are
+`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
+`reftex-format-cite-function'.
+
+*** Citations outside LaTeX
+
+The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
+a mail buffer).  See the Info documentation for details.
+
+*** Short context is no longer fontified.
+
+The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
+fontification from the text in the buffer.  If you prefer it to be
+fontified, use
+
+   (setq reftex-refontify-context t)
+
+** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
+With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
+the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
+directories that contain the same file name.
+
+Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
+Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
+file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
+Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
+have Makefile.  A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
+names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
+directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
+directory.
+
+** New modes and packages
+
+*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
+It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
+it, but some do not.
+
+*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
+code.
+
+*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
+current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
+around in a buffer.
+
+Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
+
+*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees.  The author
+uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
+be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
+established system of notation similar to Chess.
+
+*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
+documentation string checking for style and spelling.  The style
+guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
+
+*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
+available in Emacs.  Some of these functions are wrappers around
+system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
+simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp.  There are also
+functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
+the like.
+
+*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
+identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
+
+*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
+within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
+used in a considerable time.  To use this feature, customize
+the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
+
+*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
+
+  apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
+  samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
+  fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
+  x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
+  hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
+  mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
+  javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
+  vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
+  java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
+  java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
+  mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
+
+  Platform-specific modes:
+
+  prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
+  pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
+  alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
+  inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
+  ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
+  reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
+  bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
+  rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
+  rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
+
+* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
+
+** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
+use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
+That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
+Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
+
+Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
+you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
+consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
+
+** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
+and using a default value if the key is not found there.  You can
+specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
+searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
+
+** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
+multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
+character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
+environment.
+
+** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
+take two optional arguments.  PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
+string.  SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
+current input method for reading this one event.
+
+** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
+now control whether to output certain characters as
+backslash-sequences.  print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
+non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
+characters.  Both of these variables are used only when printing
+in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
+
+* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
+
+** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
+of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
+
+** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
+in Emacs 19 and before.  This means that (forward-char 1)
+always increases point by 1.
+
+The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments.  It is
+considered obsolete.  The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
+
+See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
+
+** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
+Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
+default value changed.  For example,
+
+   (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
+     :type 'integer
+     :group 'foo
+     :version "20.3")
+
+   (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
+     :version "20.3")
+
+If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
+default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
+is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
+`:version' in the top level group.
+
+This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
+
+** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
+starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
+
+However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
+symbol itself, is not an error.  This is for the sake of programs that
+support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
+to themselves.
+
+If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
+this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
+values whatever.
+
+** There is a new debugger command, R.
+It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
+in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
+
+** Frame-local variables.
+
+You can now make a variable local to various frames.  To do this, call
+the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
+local bindings for that variable.
+
+These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
+frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
+modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
+parameter name.
+
+Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
+Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
+active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
+that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
+
+It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
+clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
+very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
+through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
+
+** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
+"symbolic regular expressions."  These are Lisp expressions that, when
+evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps.  The symbolic form
+makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
+See the documentation in sregex.el.
+
+** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
+is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
+parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
+The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
+
+** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
+If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
+
+** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
+known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
+define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
+
+** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
+when the user enters empty input.  It now returns the null string, as
+it did in Emacs 19.  The default value is made available in the
+history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
+
+The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
+return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
+empty input.
+
+** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
+for selecting buffers.  For example, if you set this variable to
+`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
+Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
+`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
+
+** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
+echoing a period for each character typed.  It takes three arguments:
+a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
+default password to use if the user enters nothing.
+
+** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
+specify not to break a line at certain places.  Its value is a
+function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
+place where a break is being considered.  If the function returns
+non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
+
+** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
+If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
+up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
+end of the window, even if this requires computation.
+
+** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
+which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
+If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
+
+** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
+holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
+was directed to display this buffer.
+
+** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
+with `equal'.  Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
+describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
+other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
+set-window-configuration.
+
+** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
+window configurations loosely.  It ignores differences in saved buffer
+positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
+windows and the choice of buffers to display.
+
+** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
+override the key bindings of a minor mode.  The elements of this alist
+look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
+
+If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
+non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
+map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
+
+minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
+and it is meant to be set by major modes.
+
+** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
+except that it discards all text properties from the result.
+
+** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
+USE-FLOATS.  If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
+floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
+
+** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
+to use for creating temporary files.  The default value is determined
+in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
+it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
+
+** Menu changes
+
+*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
+keywords :visible and :filter.  The existing keyword :keys is now
+better supported.
+
+The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
+a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
+you define the menu.  The default is t.  If you rarely use menus, you
+can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
+then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
+
+*** A new format for menu items is supported.
+
+In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
+ (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
+defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
+starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
+
+The format is:
+ (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
+ (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
+where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
+string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
+The supported properties include
+
+:enable FORM      Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
+                  item is enabled.
+:visible FORM     Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
+                  item should appear in the menu.
+:filter FILTER-FN
+                  FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
+                  which will be REAL-BINDING.
+                  It should return a binding to use instead.
+:keys DESCRIPTION
+                  DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
+                  binding for for REAL-BINDING.  DESCRIPTION is expanded with
+                  `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
+:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
+                  KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
+                  keyboard binding.
+:key-sequence nil
+                  This means that the command normally has no
+                  keyboard equivalent.
+:help HELP        HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
+:button (TYPE . SELECTED)
+                  TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
+                  SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
+                  value says whether this button is currently selected.
+
+Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
+Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
+
+(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
+
+** New event types
+
+*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
+mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse).  The event contains a delta that
+corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
+which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom.  The format is:
+
+  (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
+
+where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
+same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
+indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated.  A
+negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
+the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
+forward, away from the user.
+
+As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
+
+*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
+files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
+and dropped onto an Emacs frame.  The event contains a list of
+filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
+loaded into Emacs.  The format is:
+
+  (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
+
+where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
+same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
+that were dragged and dropped.
+
+As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
+
+** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
+
+*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
+any attempt to set it directly signals an error.  The only way
+to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
+
+*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all".  You
+can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
+that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
+
+*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
+in Emacs 19 and before.
+
+The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
+The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
+
+*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
+buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
+unibyte representation.  If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
+representation.  Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
+
+This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
+as a sequence of bytes.  However, it does change the contents
+viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
+one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
+will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
+
+This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
+representation is in use.  It also adjusts various data in the buffer
+(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
+consistent with the new representation.
+
+*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
+representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care
+about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
+however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
+
+The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
+nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
+using the table nonascii-translation-table.
+
+*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
+representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
+representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
+
+The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
+loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
+is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
+
+*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
+which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
+
+*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
+which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
+
+*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
+portions of two strings.  Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
+so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
+You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
+
+*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
+it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
+
+*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
+convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
+buffer or string being searched.
+
+One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
+[...] to match all non-ASCII characters.  This does still work when
+searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
+searching or matching a multibyte string.  Unfortunately, there is no
+obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job.  But, what
+you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
+expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
+
+*** Structure of coding system changed.
+
+All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
+by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
+which defines the coding system.  Aliases share the same vector
+as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
+vector affects the principal name and its aliases.  You can define
+your own alias name of a coding system by the function
+define-coding-system-alias.
+
+The coding system definition includes a property list of its own.  Use
+the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
+access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
+pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
+character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
+safe-charsets.  For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
+'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
+`iso-8859-1'.
+
+Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
+The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
+coding system can correctly encode and decode.  For instance:
+(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
+
+Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
+also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
+are capable of that coding system.  Though, Emacs itself can encode
+the other character sets and read it back correctly.
+
+*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
+proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
+This function requires a user interaction.
+
+*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
+find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
+select-safe-coding-system.  They return a list of all proper coding
+systems to encode a text in some region or string.  If you don't want
+a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
+select-safe-coding-system.
+
+*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
+decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
+last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
+was done.
+
+*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
+used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
+coding systems used by some specific language environment.
+
+*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
+return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil.  Thus, if only ASCII
+characters are found, they now return a list of single element
+`undecided' or its subsidiaries.
+
+*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
+coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
+coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
+converted.
+
+*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
+coding system for communicating with other X clients.
+
+*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
+character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
+character sets or entire subrows of a character set.  In other words,
+each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
+either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
+range of characters.
+
+*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
+Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
+
+*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
+in the current buffer at position POS.
+
+*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
+input-method-function.  If this is non-nil, its value should be a
+function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
+character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
+event as an argument.  Often this function will read more input, first
+binding input-method-function to nil.
+
+The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
+method processing.  These events will be processed sequentially as
+input, before resorting to unread-command-events.  Events returned by
+the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
+not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
+
+The input method function is not called when reading the second and
+subsequent events of a key sequence.
+
+*** You can customize any language environment by using
+set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
+
+The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
+customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook.  For
+instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
+environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
+exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
+
+* Changes in Emacs 20.1
+
+** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
+options.  It is called M-x customize.  With this facility you can look
+at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
+tree structure.
+
+M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
+user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
+
+With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
+session or permanently.  (Permanent settings are stored automatically
+in your .emacs file.)
+
+** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
+You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
+
+** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
+This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
+
+** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
+immediately afterward.  At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
+kills the region.
+
+The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
+delete the character before point, as usual.
+
+** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
+on terminals which support this.  (You can disable this feature
+by setting search-highlight to nil.)
+
+** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
+insert the default value into the minibuffer as text.  In effect,
+the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
+onto the history "in the future".  (The more normal use of the
+history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
+past.)
+
+** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
+This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
+in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
+TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
+makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
+
+As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
+and is an alias for it.
+
+If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
+use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
+
+** Scrolling changes
+
+*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
+position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
+
+In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
+on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
+where it started.
+
+*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
+move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
+screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
+does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
+
+*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
+top or bottom of a window.  It is a number of screen lines; if point
+comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
+recenters the window.
+
+** International character set support (MULE)
+
+Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
+including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
+Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
+Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts.  These
+features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
+MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
+
+Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
+coding systems for storing files.  Emacs uses a single multibyte
+character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
+variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
+into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
+
+Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
+generally don't have keys for all the characters in them.  So Emacs
+supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
+language, to make it possible to type them.
+
+The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
+character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
+
+The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
+to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
+
+You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
+
+  (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
+
+Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
+characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
+argument, AUTO.  This provides compatibility for people who are
+already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
+characters for their work until they want to change.
+
+*** Input methods
+
+An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
+specifically for interactive input.  In Emacs, typically each language
+has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
+the same characters can share one input method).  Some languages
+support several input methods.
+
+The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
+another alphabet.  This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
+work.
+
+A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
+characters into one letter.  Many European input methods use
+composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
+consists of a letter followed by diacritics.  For example, a' is one
+sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
+letter.
+
+The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
+by conversion.  The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
+First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
+marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
+mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
+
+None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
+they are handled specially.  First you input a whole word using
+phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
+converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
+
+Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
+word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
+typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
+the first guess is wrong.
+
+*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
+turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
+
+If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
+byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
+they did in Emacs 19.34.  This includes the features for support for
+the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
+
+However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
+use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
+includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
+translate automatically to and from either one.
+
+*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
+
+Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
+file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
+sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte.  This is probably not
+what you want.
+
+If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
+example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
+system when reading the file.  This coding system also turns off
+multibyte characters in that buffer.
+
+If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
+character conversion as well.
+
+*** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
+
+A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
+Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
+requires using many fonts.
+
+Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets".  Each fontset is a
+collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
+
+A fontset has a name, like a font.  Individual fonts are defined by
+the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself.  But once you
+have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
+you would use a font.
+
+If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
+specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
+display that character.  It will display an empty box instead.
+
+The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
+(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
+characters).  If another font in the fontset has a different height,
+or the wrong width, then characters assigned to that font are clipped,
+and displayed within a box if highlight-wrong-size-font is non-nil.
+
+*** Defining fontsets.
+
+Emacs does not use any fontset by default.  Its default font is still
+chosen as in previous versions.  You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
+with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
+
+Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
+of standard-fontset-spec.  This fontset's short name is
+`fontset-standard'.  Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
+standard fontset are created automatically.
+
+If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
+argument, a fontset is generated from it.  This works by replacing the
+FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
+with `*' then using this to specify a fontset.  This fontset's short
+name is `fontset-startup'.
+
+Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
+The resource value should have this form:
+        FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
+FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
+        * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
+        * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
+        * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
+The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
+of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
+CHARSET-NAME should be the name name of a character set, and
+FONT-NAME should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
+
+Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
+last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
+You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
+
+For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
+font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME.  For instance, with the
+following resource,
+        Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
+the font for ASCII is generated as below:
+        -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
+Here is the substitution rule:
+    Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
+    defined in the variable x-charset-registries.  For instance, ASCII has
+    the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable.  Then, reduce
+    sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
+    (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
+
+The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
+fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec.  You can also call
+that function explicitly to create a fontset.
+
+With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
+like an actual font name.  But be careful not to specify a fontset
+name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
+fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
+fontsets.
+
+*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
+defaults for a particular choice of language.
+
+Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
+method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
+visiting files.  However, it does not try to reread files you have
+already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected.  The
+language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
+system for new files that you create.
+
+It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
+set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
+whole Emacs session.
+
+For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
+chooses the Latin-1 character set.  In the .emacs file, you can do this
+with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
+
+*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
+specifies the file coding system for the current buffer.  This
+specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
+the file.  As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
+coding systems that Emacs supports.
+
+*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
+lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
+This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
+After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
+is used for *the immediately following command*.
+
+So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
+write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
+
+If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
+then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
+
+For example,  C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
+visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
+
+*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
+construct.  Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
+to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM.  You can also
+specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
+of the file.
+
+*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
+the coding system for terminal output.  If you specify a character
+code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
+translated into that character code.
+
+This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
+various countries to support the languages of those countries.
+
+By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
+
+*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
+the coding system for keyboard input.
+
+Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
+with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
+some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
+
+By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
+
+Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
+input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
+translate into single characters.  However, input methods are designed
+to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
+designed to work with terminals.
+
+*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
+specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
+This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
+has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
+translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
+in the corresponding buffer.
+
+By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
+
+*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
+to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
+It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
+
+*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
+an input method.  If no input method has been selected before, the
+command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
+want to use.
+
+C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
+method.  C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
+
+*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
+layouts commonly used for particular scripts.  How to do this
+remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout.  To specify
+which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
+
+*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
+the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
+related information.
+
+*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
+HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
+scripts.
+
+*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
+information about the support for a particular language.
+You specify the language as an argument.
+
+*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
+the coding system used in the visited file.  It normally follows the
+first dash.
+
+A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
+(except CRLF => newline if appropriate).  `=' means no conversion
+whatsoever.  The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
+1 through 9.  Other coding systems are represented by letters:
+
+    A alternativnyj (Russian)
+    B big5 (Chinese)
+    C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
+    C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
+    D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
+    E euc-japan (Japanese)
+    I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
+    J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv)  (Japanese)
+    K euc-korea (Korean)
+    R koi8 (Russian)
+    Q tibetan
+    S shift_jis (Japanese)
+    T lao
+    T tis620 (Thai)
+    V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
+    i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
+    k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
+    v viqr (Vietnamese)
+    z hz (Chinese)
+
+When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
+two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
+coding system.  These two characters describe the coding system for
+keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
+
+*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
+conversion to use for RMAIL files.  The default value is nil.
+
+When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
+into Emacs' internal format.  This has nothing to do with
+rmail-file-coding-system.  That variable controls reading and writing
+Rmail files themselves.
+
+*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
+conversion for outgoing mail.  The default value is nil.
+
+Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
+for sending mail:
+
+- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
+- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
+- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
+  if that is non-nil.  That comes from your language environment.
+- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
+
+*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
+to specify the language for the tutorial file.  Currently, English,
+Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported.  We welcome additional
+translations.
+
+** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
+of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally.  There is also a command
+insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
+without any conversion.
+
+** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
+You can now specify any number of octal digits.
+RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
+any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
+
+** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
+functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
+
+Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
+Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
+
+Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
+mode.  For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
+
+** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
+complete-symbol.  This command performs completion on the symbol name
+in the buffer before point.
+
+With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
+symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
+you are using.
+
+With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
+just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
+
+** File locking works with NFS now.
+
+The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
+in the same directory as FILENAME.
+
+This means that collision detection between two different machines now
+works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
+can become a bottleneck.
+
+The new method does have drawbacks.  It means that collision detection
+does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
+create new files.  Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
+file server does not support symbolic links.  But these conditions are
+rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
+so useful that the change is worth while.
+
+When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
+are stale.  So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
+collisions.  When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
+tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
+
+** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
+it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el.  Instead you must call
+show-paren-mode.
+
+** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
+selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
+delsel.el.  Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
+
+** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
+within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
+complete.el.  Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
+
+** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
+it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el.  You must also
+set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
+
+** Changes in View mode.
+
+*** Several new commands are available in View mode.
+Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
+
+*** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
+view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
+
+*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
+previous state.
+
+*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
+scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
+
+*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows.  If
+non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
+not just the selected window.
+
+*** New customization variable view-read-only.  If non-nil, visiting a
+read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
+turns View mode on or off.
+
+*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
+how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
+delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
+
+** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
+now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
+
+** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
+has a new feature.  If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
+presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
+which version to compare with.
+
+** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
+blocks if a match is inside the block.
+
+The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
+is outside the block.  By customizing the variable
+isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
+shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
+
+By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
+of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
+blocks, all of them or none.
+
+** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
+current buffer and deletes the selected window.  It asks for
+confirmation first.
+
+** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
+now changes the major mode according to that file name.
+However, the mode will not be changed if
+(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
+(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
+    not suitable for ordinary files, or
+(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
+
+This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
+
+However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
+these commands do not change the major mode.
+
+** M-x occur changes.
+
+*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
+it performs a case-sensitive search.
+
+*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
+if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
+using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
+
+** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
+in just one window at a time.  At first, it is highlighted in the
+window where you set the mark.  The buffer's highlighting remains in
+that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
+buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
+
+** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
+after the command finishes.  The message suggesting key bindings
+appears temporarily in the echo area.  The previous echo area contents
+come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
+
+** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
+selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
+buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
+
+** Outline mode changes.
+
+*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
+
+*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
+
+** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
+you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
+Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
+was already active.
+
+The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
+unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
+get confused by it.
+
+If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
+set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
+
+** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
+
+*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
+conversion.  If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
+character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
+including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
+
+The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
+mixed case.  And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
+copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
+
+*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
+are no longer Lisp expressions.  They have simply three possible
+values.
+
+`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
+case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
+`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
+case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
+
+** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
+certain length.  The variable history-length specifies how long they
+can be.  The default value is 30.
+
+** Changes in Mail mode.
+
+*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
+Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
+composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
+`mail-user-agent'.  The default choice of user agent is
+`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
+behavior.
+
+C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
+compose-mail-other-frame.
+
+*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
+the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
+replying to.  This copies the text which is the selected region in the
+buffer that shows the original message.
+
+*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
+with separator lines around the contents.
+
+*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
+in suitable mail headers.  Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
+definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc).  You do not
+need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
+
+*** New features in the mail-complete command.
+
+**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
+for local users or if that is known.  The variable mail-complete-style
+controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
+Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
+
+**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
+to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
+/etc/passwd.
+
+**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
+to get the list of user ids.  By default, one file is used:
+/etc/passwd.
+
+** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
+special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning.  Thus, if you have a
+directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
+reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
+
+Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
+when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
+be taken to be magic.
+
+** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
+files to search through, and grep to scan them.  The output is
+available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
+
+M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
+(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
+
+** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
+suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
+
+In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
+
+new key         dired.el binding                old key
+-------         ----------------                -------
+  * c           dired-change-marks              c
+  * m           dired-mark                      m
+  * *           dired-mark-executables          *  (binding deleted)
+  * /           dired-mark-directories          /  (binding deleted)
+  * @           dired-mark-symlinks             @  (binding deleted)
+  * u           dired-unmark                    u
+  * DEL         dired-unmark-backward           DEL
+  * ?           dired-unmark-all-files          M-C-?
+  * !           dired-unmark-all-marks
+  * %           dired-mark-files-regexp         % m
+  * C-n         dired-next-marked-file          M-}
+  * C-p         dired-prev-marked-file          M-{
+
+** Rmail changes.
+
+*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
+saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
+chosen to make a unique name.  This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
+each time you run it.
+
+*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
+whether to include the line count in the summary.  Non-nil means yes.
+
+*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
+messages) now take repeat counts as arguments.  A negative argument
+means to move in the opposite direction.
+
+*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
+you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
+
+*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
+just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
+It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
+can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
+for output.
+
+** Gnus changes.
+
+*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
+
+*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
+Gnus.
+
+*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
+`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
+
+*** Article washing status can be displayed in the
+article mode line.
+
+*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
+
+*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
+
+(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
+
+*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
+are to be considered home score and adapt files.  See
+`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
+
+*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
+
+*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
+
+*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
+See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
+
+*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
+Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
+used to pick articles.
+
+*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
+another have been added.
+
+    `M-x gnus-change-server'
+
+*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
+generating lines in buffers.
+
+*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
+`M-C-_'.
+
+*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
+
+*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
+
+    (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
+
+*** Scores can be decayed.
+
+    (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
+
+*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header.  The
+Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
+
+*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
+the native server.
+
+   `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
+
+*** A new command for reading collections of documents
+(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `M-C-d'.
+
+*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
+
+*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
+even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
+
+*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
+(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
+
+    Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
+    a group.
+
+*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
+sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
+
+    See the commands under the `T S' submap.
+
+*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
+
+    See the commands under the `G P' submap.
+
+*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
+
+    Use the `Y c' command.
+
+*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
+
+*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
+
+    `M-x nnmail-split-history'
+
+*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
+from incoming mail before saving the mail.
+
+    See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
+
+*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
+
+*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
+the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
+
+        (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
+
+Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
+and show appropriate characters.  (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
+from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
+hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
+this issue.)
+
+Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
+automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
+particular news group.  This can be done by:
+
+        (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
+
+Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
+of newsgroups.  If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
+"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
+system.  CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
+for reading and posting).
+
+CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
+  (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
+Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
+newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
+there.
+
+Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
+default.  Here are some of these default settings:
+
+        (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
+        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
+        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
+        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
+        (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
+
+When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
+the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
+
+** CC mode changes.
+
+*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
+code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
+values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file.  To do
+this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
+Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
+loaded.
+
+If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
+Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
+style variables have buffer local values.  By default, all buffers
+share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
+c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file.  Note that you
+must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
+
+*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
+of the current buffer.
+
+*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
+it is no longer necessary.  C mode now handles all the supported styles
+of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
+
+*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
+style that the Python developers like.
+
+*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
+This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
+just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
+
+** VC Changes [new]
+
+** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
+name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
+directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
+
+This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
+master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
+developers.
+
+You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
+RET in a buffer visiting that file.
+
+*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
+other developers.  Such files are made read-only by CVS.  To get a
+writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file.  VC then
+calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
+
+*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
+version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
+
+** Calendar changes.
+
+A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or subclasses
+of holidays for ranges of years.  Related menu items allow you do this
+for the year of the selected date, or the following/previous years.
+
+** ps-print changes
+
+There are some new user variables for customizing the page layout.
+
+*** Paper size, paper orientation, columns
+
+The variable `ps-paper-type' determines the size of paper ps-print
+formats for; it should contain one of the symbols:
+`a4' `a3' `letter' `legal' `letter-small' `tabloid'
+`ledger' `statement' `executive' `a4small' `b4' `b5'
+It defaults to `letter'.
+If you need other sizes, see the variable `ps-page-dimensions-database'.
+
+The variable `ps-landscape-mode' determines the orientation
+of the printing on the page.  nil, the default, means "portrait" mode,
+non-nil means "landscape" mode.
+
+The variable `ps-number-of-columns' must be a positive integer.
+It determines the number of columns both in landscape and portrait mode.
+It defaults to 1.
+
+*** Horizontal layout
+
+The horizontal layout is determined by the variables
+`ps-left-margin', `ps-inter-column', and `ps-right-margin'.
+All are measured in points.
+
+*** Vertical layout
+
+The vertical layout is determined by the variables
+`ps-bottom-margin', `ps-top-margin', and `ps-header-offset'.
+All are measured in points.
+
+*** Headers
+
+If the variable `ps-print-header' is nil, no header is printed.  Then
+`ps-header-offset' is not relevant and `ps-top-margin' represents the
+margin above the text.
+
+If the variable `ps-print-header-frame' is non-nil, a gaudy
+framing box is printed around the header.
+
+The contents of the header are determined by `ps-header-lines',
+`ps-show-n-of-n', `ps-left-header' and `ps-right-header'.
+
+The height of the header is determined by `ps-header-line-pad',
+`ps-header-font-family', `ps-header-title-font-size' and
+`ps-header-font-size'.
+
+*** Font managing
+
+The variable `ps-font-family' determines which font family is to be
+used for ordinary text.  Its value must be a key symbol in the alist
+`ps-font-info-database'.  You can add other font families by adding
+elements to this alist.
+
+The variable `ps-font-size' determines the size of the font
+for ordinary text.  It defaults to 8.5 points.
+
+** hideshow changes.
+
+*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
+C++, ; for lisp).
+
+*** Support for java-mode added.
+
+*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
+in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
+
+*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the the comments at
+the beginning of the files.  Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
+way!  This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
+
+*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
+robust and a lot faster.
+
+*** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
+
+*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
+to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden.  See the
+documentation for more details.
+
+** Changes in Enriched mode.
+
+*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
+filled to the current fill-column.  This behavior is now independent
+of the size of the window.  When you save the file, the fill-column in
+use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
+the next time unless the fill-column is different.
+
+*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode.  When it is enabled, Emacs
+distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
+as paragraph boundaries.  Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
+as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
+
+** Font Lock mode
+
+*** Custom support
+
+The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
+font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
+faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
+group font-lock-highlighting-faces.  If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
+your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value.  However, you should
+consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
+
+You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
+
+*** Maximum decoration
+
+Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
+default.  Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
+of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
+supported.  You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
+to get the old behavior.
+
+*** New support
+
+Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
+
+Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
+support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
+
+*** Configurable support
+
+Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
+additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
+c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
+java-font-lock-extra-types.  These value of each of these variables should be a
+list of regexps matching the extra type names.  For example, the default value
+of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
+convention that C type names end in _t.  This results in slower fontification.
+
+Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
+way you wish, typically by adding regexps.  However, these new variables make
+it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
+
+*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
+
+You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
+highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
+for any mode.
+
+For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
+
+ (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
+
+in your ~/.emacs.
+
+*** New faces
+
+Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
+font-lock-warning-face.  These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
+distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
+to user attention, respectively.  Various modes now use these new faces.
+
+*** Changes to fast-lock support mode
+
+The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
+cache files silently.  You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
+same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
+
+*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
+
+The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
+according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines.  You can use
+the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature.  If
+non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
+refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time.  If nil, then only
+the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
+Lock mode behaviour and the behaviour of Font Lock mode.
+
+This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
+For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
+this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
+refontified to reflect their new syntactic context.  Previously, only the line
+containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
+the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
+
+As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
+
+Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
+Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
+Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
+new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
+
+If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
+settings.
+
+** Ada mode changes.
+
+*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
+If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
+procedure (modulo overloading).  If a spec has no body file yet, but
+you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
+stubs.
+
+*** There are two new commands:
+ - `ada-make-local'   : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
+ - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
+
+The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
+`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
+`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
+
+*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode.  The outline level
+is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
+Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
+
+*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
+formatting used in GNAT.  It places two blanks after a comment start,
+places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
+space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
+
+** Scheme mode changes.
+
+*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
+mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
+for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'.  The variables
+with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
+have any effect.
+
+If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
+still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
+scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
+variables as buffer-local variables.
+
+*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
+Use M-x dsssl-mode.
+
+** Changes to the emacsclient program
+
+*** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
+USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
+associated with the name.  That is an emacsclient running as root
+can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
+
+*** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
+it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
+buffer in Emacs.
+
+*** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
+use if Emacs is not running.  The environment variable
+ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
+option takes precedence.
+
+** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
+constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
+(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
+
+** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
+which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
+the current defun.
+
+** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
+following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
+
+** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
+and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
+necessary).
+
+** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
+if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
+these register values no longer become completely useless.
+If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
+asked whether to visit the file again.  If you say yes,
+it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
+
+** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
+example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
+be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
+you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
+
+You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
+variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions.  If a
+file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
+revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
+only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
+
+** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
+since it applies only to the current frame.
+
+** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
+file for tex-file to run TeX on.  (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
+and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
+
+This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
+multiple files.  In each of the included files, you can set up a local
+variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
+tex-main-file.  Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
+instead of just the file you are editing.
+
+** RefTeX mode
+
+RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
+and \cite macros in LaTeX documents.  RefTeX distinguishes labels of
+different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
+multifile documents.  To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
+turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode.  Here are the main user commands:
+
+C-c (    reftex-label
+   Creates a label semi-automatically.  RefTeX is context sensitive and
+   knows which kind of label is needed.
+
+C-c )    reftex-reference
+   Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
+   label definition.  The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
+
+C-c [    reftex-citation
+   Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
+   database entries.  The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
+
+C-c &    reftex-view-crossref
+   Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
+
+C-c =    reftex-toc
+   Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document.  From there you
+   can quickly jump to every section.
+
+Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
+commands.  Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
+Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
+reftex.el.  You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
+C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
+
+** Changes in BibTeX mode.
+
+*** Info documentation is now available.
+
+*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore.  This confused
+both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
+
+*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
+bibtex-user-optional-fields.
+
+*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
+(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
+
+*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
+entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
+appropriate functions.
+
+*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
+entries. They are bound by default to M-C-l and M-C-h.
+
+*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
+been cleaned.
+
+*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
+bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
+
+*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
+shall be delimited.
+
+*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
+bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
+bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
+
+*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
+field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
+prefixed with `ALT'.
+
+*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
+bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
+formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
+documentation).
+
+*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
+documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
+for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
+
+*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
+comma should be inserted at end of last field.
+
+*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
+alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
+signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
+
+*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
+
+*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
+
+*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
+from alien sources.
+
+*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
+to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
+crossref entries.
+
+*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
+region.
+
+*** Added support for imenu.
+
+*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
+of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
+`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
+`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
+
+*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
+from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
+
+** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
+
+** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
+
+** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
+functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
+Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
+as an argument.
+
+When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
+and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
+
+** browse-url changes
+
+*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
+Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
+(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
+non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
+customization variables.
+
+*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
+
+*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
+lines.  Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
+(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
+
+** Changes in Ediff
+
+*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
+pops up the Info file for this command.
+
+*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
+the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
+merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
+directories).
+
+*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
+and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
+files in the same directory.
+
+*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
+The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format.  (The bug
+related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
+
+** Changes in Viper
+
+*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
+*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
+    instead of vip-.
+*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
+*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
+Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
+*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
+*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
+*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
+color when Viper is in insert state.
+*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
+Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
+viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
+
+** Etags changes.
+
+*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
+default.  The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
+Use --no-globals to turn this feature off.  Etags can also tag
+variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
+not by default.  Use --members to turn this feature on.
+
+*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
+
+*** Java is tagged like C++.  In addition, "extends" and "implements"
+constructs are tagged.  Files are recognised by the extension .java.
+
+*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript.  Files are
+recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
+In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
+
+*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code.  The usual C and
+C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
+recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
+methods and protocols.
+
+*** Etags also handles Cobol.  Files are recognised by the extension
+.cobol.  The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
+column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
+paragraph name.
+
+*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep.  The syntax of
+an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
+at least M times and as many as N times.
+
+** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
+in files has changed slightly.
+
+With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
+time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
+This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
+with old time-stamp-format values.
+
+In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
+(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
+This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
+reasons.
+
+In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
+natural width.  (With format-time-string, each format has a
+fixed-width default.)  In this version, you can specify the colon
+(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
+time-stamp-format width default."  Do not use colon if you are
+specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
+
+Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
+case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year.  Digit
+truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
+
+The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs.  New formats are
+being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
+future to be compatible with format-time-string.  The new forms being
+recommended now will continue to work then.
+
+See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
+details.
+
+** There are some additional major modes:
+
+dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
+m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
+meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
+
+** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
+copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
+into Emacs.
+
+** New Lisp packages include:
+
+*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
+
+*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
+be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
+
+*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
+
+*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
+in shell buffers.
+
+*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
+See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
+and `elint-defun'.
+
+*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
+meant for programming constructs.  These abbrevs expand like ordinary
+ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
+strings or comments.
+
+These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
+abbrev for insertion of additional text.  Once you expand the abbrev,
+you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
+insertion points.  Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
+at these points.
+
+*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
+can visit them by short forms of their names.
+
+*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
+Emacs Lisp function at point.
+
+*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
+
+*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
+switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
+
+*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
+
+*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
+
+*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
+
+*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
+from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
+
+*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
+You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
+inserted at point.  M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
+original place after inserting the copy.
+
+*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
+on the buffer.
+
+You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
+velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
+(with mouse-drag-drag).  Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
+
+Enable mouse-drag with:
+    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
+-or-
+    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
+
+*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
+mail waiting to be read in them.  It works with procmail.
+
+*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
+It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
+
+*** ogonek
+
+The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
+Polish diacritic characters in buffers.  Codings known from various
+platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
+TeX.  For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
+ISO8859-2.  Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
+prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
+instance) and vice versa.
+
+To use this package load it using
+    M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
+Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
+    M-x ogonek-jak        -- in Polish
+    M-x ogonek-how        -- in English
+The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
+ways of customization in `.emacs'.
+
+*** Interface to ph.
+
+Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
+
+The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
+services about people.  ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
+these servers.
+
+*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
+
+*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
+You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
+while the real cursor does not move.
+
+*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
+for visiting your favorite web sites.
+
+*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
+so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
+
+** movemail change
+
+Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
+mail retrieval to function properly.  This is because it no longer
+supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
+user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
+
+This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
+
+* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
+
+** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
+
+Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
+end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
+Macintosh).  Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
+file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
+file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
+
+To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
+C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
+coding system for the buffer.  Then, when you save the file, the newly
+specified coding system will take effect.  For example, to save with
+LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
+save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
+
+* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
+
+** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
+Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19.  And
+vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
+Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
+
+** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
+to start with w32- instead of win32-.
+
+In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise.  We
+don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
+"win".
+
+** Basic Lisp changes
+
+*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
+evaluates to itself.  Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
+
+*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed.  It should now
+be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
+or by the user.
+
+The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
+
+*** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
+
+(when CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
+(unless CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
+
+*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
+usual Lisp meanings.  For example, caar returns the car of the car of
+its argument.
+
+*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
+
+*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
+
+*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
+
+*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
+error if the integer is not a valid character code.  These primitives
+include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
+`format' function.
+
+*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
+or .elc, to the file name.  Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
+whose name is just foo.  It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
+
+*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
+either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
+adding one of these suffixes.
+
+*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
+which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
+If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
+
+We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
+because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
+
+*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
+
+*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
+You must load the `cl' library to define it.
+
+*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
+conveniently with a different current buffer.  It looks like this:
+
+  (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
+
+BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
+BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
+
+*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
+choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
+restoring the value of point or the mark.  `with-current-buffer'
+works using `save-current-buffer'.
+
+*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
+write the output to a specified file.  Like `progn', it returns the value
+of the last form.
+
+*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
+which is discarded after use.  Like `progn', it returns the value of the
+last form.  If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
+as the last form.
+
+*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
+characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
+matches.
+
+For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
+
+*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
+with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
+Then it returns that string.
+
+For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
+
+(with-output-to-string
+  (princ "The buffer is ")
+  (princ (buffer-name)))
+
+returns "The buffer is foo".
+
+** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
+is non-nil.
+
+These characters have character codes above 256.  When inserted in the
+buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
+characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
+
+*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
+a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
+
+Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
+character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
+Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
+position by 2, 3 or 4.  The function forward-char moves by whole
+characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
+  (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
+
+ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
+Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
+non-ASCII characters.  These sequences are called "multibyte
+characters".
+
+The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
+through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237).  These values are called
+"leading codes".  The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
+range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377).  The first byte, the
+leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
+
+*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
+(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
+multibyte character.  Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
+character, which may be more than one buffer position.
+
+This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
+always one buffer position, need to be changed.
+
+However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
+
+*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
+because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
+have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377.  However,
+the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
+guaranteed.
+
+*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
+between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
+character).
+
+When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
+
+ 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
+ 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
+ 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
+ 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
+ 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
+
+*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
+
+*** Strings can contain multibyte characters.  The function
+`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
+more than the number of characters.
+
+You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
+it literally.  You can also represent it with a hex escape,
+\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary.  Any character which
+is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct.  If you want to
+follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
+newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
+
+*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
+and returns a string containing those characters.
+
+*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
+(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX.  INDEX
+counts from zero.  If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
+character, sref signals an error.
+
+*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
+in a string.  This is less than the length of the string, if the
+string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
+
+*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
+in a region from BEG to END.  This is less than (- END BEG) if the
+region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
+
+*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
+the characters in it.  string-to-vector converts a string
+to a vector of the characters in it.
+
+*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
+of a string.  You call it as follows:
+
+   (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
+
+This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
+STRING.  OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
+This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
+Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
+it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
+
+*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
+if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
+
+*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
+if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
+
+*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
+to fit within a certain number of columns.  (Of course, it does
+not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
+which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
+
+(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
+
+This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
+
+The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
+If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
+are not included in the resulting value.
+
+The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
+at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
+WIDTH columns.  If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
+is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
+
+If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
+place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
+character extends across that column), then the padding character
+PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
+string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
+column START-COLUMN.
+
+*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
+the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
+necessarily the number of characters.  It is, in effect, the
+difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
+changed text, before the change.
+
+*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
+sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol.  In general there is
+one character set for each script, not for each language.
+
+**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
+
+**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
+
+**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
+set that the character belongs to.  (The value is a symbol.)
+
+**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
+name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
+which identify the character within that character set.
+
+**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
+byte-values, constructs a character code.  This is roughly the
+opposite of split-char.
+
+**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
+of all the characters between BEG and END.
+
+**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
+of all the characters in a string.
+
+*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
+and specifying coding systems.
+
+**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
+system names (symbols).  With optional argument t, it returns a list
+of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
+(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
+and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
+as what to do about code conversion.)
+
+**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
+name.  It returns t if so, nil if not.
+
+**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
+for certain file names.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
+except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
+
+Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
+which file names the element applies to.  PATTERN should be a regexp
+to match against a file name.
+
+VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
+a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
+decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
+to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
+systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
+specifies the coding system for encoding.
+
+If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
+or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
+
+**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
+the coding system to use for network sockets.
+
+Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
+which network sockets the element applies to.  PATTERN should be
+either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
+service names.
+
+VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
+a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
+decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
+to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
+systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
+specifies the coding system for encoding.
+
+If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
+or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
+
+**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
+for certain subprocess.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
+except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
+start the subprocess.
+
+**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
+systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
+when nothing else specifies what to do.  The value is a cons cell
+(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING).  OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
+to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
+
+**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
+coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
+subprocess.
+
+It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
+but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
+start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
+connection permanently or until overridden.
+
+The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
+file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
+network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
+coding system for output.  But most of the time this variable is nil.
+It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
+system for one operation at a time.
+
+**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
+files, subprocesses or network connections.
+
+**** The function process-coding-system tells you what
+coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
+The value is a cons cell,
+ (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
+where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
+the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
+input to the subprocess.
+
+**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
+change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
+
+** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
+customization options.  To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
+you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
+
+You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
+variable.  The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
+information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
+legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
+customization.
+
+Thus, instead of writing
+
+    (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
+      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
+
+you would now write this:
+
+    (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
+      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
+      :type 'boolean
+      :group foo)
+
+The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
+two meaningful states: nil and non-nil.  Other type values
+describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
+for a description of them.
+
+The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
+should belong to.  You define a new group like this:
+
+    (defgroup ispell nil
+      "Spell checking using Ispell."
+      :group 'processes)
+
+The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group.  The root
+group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
+but only other groups.  The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
+to the keywords used by C-h p.  Under these subgroups come
+second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
+
+Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups.  A simple
+package should have just one group; a more complex package should
+have a hierarchy of its own groups.  The sole or root group of a
+package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
+first-level subgroups.
+
+** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
+
+This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
+separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
+
+** easy-mmode
+
+The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
+developing minor modes easier.  Roughly, the programmer has to code
+only the functionality of the minor mode.  All the rest--toggles,
+predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
+`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation).  See also
+`easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
+
+** Text property changes
+
+*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
+text property.
+
+*** The new functions next-char-property-change and
+previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
+place where either a text property or an overlay might change.  The
+functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT.  POSITION is the
+starting position for the scan.  LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
+
+If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT.  If
+LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
+of the buffer.  If no property change is found, the value is the
+position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
+
+*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
+value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap.  This
+is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
+
+** Changes in invisibility features
+
+*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
+hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
+is inside that portion of the buffer.  To enable this the overlay
+should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
+would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
+make the overlay visible.
+
+During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
+invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
+needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
+which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
+the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
+t when it should hide it.
+
+*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
+
+Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
+invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
+and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
+Use  `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
+manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
+Here is an example of how to do this:
+
+ ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
+ (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
+ ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
+ (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
+
+  ...
+ (overlay-put  (make-overlay beginning end)  'invisible 'my-symbol)
+
+ ...
+ ;; When done with the overlays:
+ (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
+ ;; Or respectively:
+ (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
+
+** Changes in syntax parsing.
+
+*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
+`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
+obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
+`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
+
+If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
+is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
+used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
+
+When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
+character in the buffer is calculated thus:
+
+        a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
+           is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
+
+           Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
+           syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
+           a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
+
+        b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
+           is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
+           (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
+           determine the syntax type of the character.
+
+        c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
+           of the current buffer.
+
+*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
+value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'.  The details are the same as
+for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
+
+*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
+and 15).  A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
+only by another character with the same code (unless quoted).  A
+character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
+another character with the same code (unless quoted).
+
+These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
+text property.
+
+*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
+arg COMMENTSTOP.  If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
+of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
+
+*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
+(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
+element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
+nil if none.  The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
+string/comment is started by a "!"  or "|" syntax-code.
+
+*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
+syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
+`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
+
+** Changes in face features
+
+*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
+if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
+
+*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
+of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
+
+*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
+set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
+
+*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
+set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
+
+*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
+by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
+and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
+the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
+overlay property).
+
+This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
+arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
+
+** Changes in file-handling functions
+
+*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
+directory name from the beginning of the file name.  In other words,
+they no longer do anything special with // or /~.  That conversion
+is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
+
+This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
+begins with ~.
+
+*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
+it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
+
+*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
+the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
+
+*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
+as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
+
+*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
+character code conversion as well as other things.
+
+Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
+(formerly it did not).
+
+*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
+environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
+
+*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
+instead of constant strings.
+
+*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially.  It used
+to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
+any `//' or `/~' sequence.  Now it passes them straight through.
+
+substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
+in the same way as before.
+
+*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
+The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
+which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
+
+*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
+error if that fails.  If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
+else, and returns nil.
+
+*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
+directory cannot be listed.
+
+** Changes in minibuffer input
+
+*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
+read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
+additional argument which specifies the default value.  If this
+argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
+ways:
+
+  It is returned if the user enters empty input.
+  It is available through the history command M-n.
+
+*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
+read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
+argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  If this is non-nil, then the
+minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
+enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
+
+In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
+argument in this way.
+
+*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
+from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
+minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
+
+** Echo area features
+
+*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
+echo-area-clear-hook.  Note that the echo area can be used while the
+minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
+after the echo area is cleared.
+
+*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
+in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
+
+** Keyboard input features
+
+*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
+set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
+
+*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
+received so far from the terminal.  It does not count those generated
+by keyboard macros.
+
+** Frame-related changes
+
+*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
+creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
+hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
+
+*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
+the window configuration has changed.  The frame whose configuration
+has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
+
+*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
+selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
+value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
+in the selected frame.
+
+*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
+is now `left', `right' or nil.  A non-nil value specifies
+which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
+
+** X Windows features
+
+*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
+x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource.  The usual value of
+x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
+
+*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
+The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
+
+*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
+MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
+A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
+
+If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
+it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
+
+** Subprocess features
+
+*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
+functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
+automatically.
+
+*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
+and returns the output from the command as a string.
+
+*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
+and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
+
+** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
+does clear the variable to nil.  The documentation was wrong before.
+
+** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
+at the end of the keymap.  If the keymap is a menu, this means it
+goes after the other menu items.
+
+** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
+of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
+around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
+are in use.
+
+The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
+series of several changes--if that seems safe.
+
+Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
+after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
+form.
+
+** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
+is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
+but its hook is still run.
+
+** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
+for errors that are handled by condition-case.
+
+If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
+regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition.  This is
+useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
+
+This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways.  Errors that
+are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
+filters, will instead invoke the debugger.  So don't say you weren't
+warned.
+
+** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
+way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
+
+** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
+integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
+functions like display-time.
+
+** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
+name of a Lisp library.  This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
+
+** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
+can be used from Lisp.  Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
+is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
+
+** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
+if there is an error in compilation.
+
+** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
+switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
+argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer.  If it is non-nil,
+they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
+
+** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
+Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
+the *scratch* buffer.
+
+** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
+The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN.  This function can be used
+where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
+e.g., in Font Lock mode.
+
+** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
+and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
+It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
+
+** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
+using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
+variable mail-user-agent).  It has variants compose-mail-other-window
+and compose-mail-other-frame.
+
+** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
+can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name).  The
+full name of the specified user will be returned.
+
+** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
+of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
+where to find it.  They should load the profile of the user name found
+in that variable.  If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
+option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
+files at all.
+
+** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
+and type of padding.  This works as in printf: you write the field
+width as digits in the middle of a %-construct.  If you start
+the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
+
+For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
+minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
+with spaces to 3 positions.  Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
+is how %S normally pads to two positions.
+
+** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
+
+** imenu.el changes.
+
+You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
+item from menu created by imenu.
+
+An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
+#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
+select one of those items.
+
+* Emacs 19.34 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
+
+* Changes in Emacs 19.33.
+
+** Bibtex mode no longer turns on Auto Fill automatically.  (No major
+mode should do that--it is the user's choice.)
+
+** The variable normal-auto-fill-function specifies the function to
+use for auto-fill-function, if and when Auto Fill is turned on.
+Major modes can set this locally to alter how Auto Fill works.
+
+* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.32
+
+** C-x f with no argument now signals an error.
+To set the fill column at the current column, use C-u C-x f.
+
+** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
+conversion.  If you type the abbreviation with mixed case, and it
+matches the beginning of the expansion including case, then the
+expansion is copied verbatim.  Using SPC M-/ to copy an additional
+word always copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is
+all caps.
+
+** On a non-windowing terminal, which can display only one Emacs frame
+at a time, creating a new frame with C-x 5 2 also selects that frame.
+
+When using a display that can show multiple frames at once, C-x 5 2
+does make the frame visible, but does not select it.  This is the same
+as in previous Emacs versions.
+
+** You can use C-x 5 2 to create multiple frames on MSDOS, just as on a
+non-X terminal on Unix.  Of course, only one frame is visible at any
+time, since your terminal doesn't have the ability to display multiple
+frames.
+
+** On Windows, set win32-pass-alt-to-system to a non-nil value
+if you would like tapping the Alt key to invoke the Windows menu.
+This feature is not enabled by default; since the Alt key is also the
+Meta key, it is too easy and painful to activate this feature by
+accident.
+
+** The command apply-macro-to-region-lines repeats the last defined
+keyboard macro once for each complete line within the current region.
+It does this line by line, by moving point to the beginning of that
+line and then executing the macro.
+
+This command is not new, but was never documented before.
+
+** You can now use Mouse-1 to place the region around a string constant
+(something surrounded by doublequote characters or other delimiter
+characters of like syntax) by double-clicking on one of the delimiting
+characters.
+
+** Font Lock mode
+
+*** Font Lock support modes
+
+Font Lock can be configured to use Fast Lock mode and Lazy Lock mode (see
+below) in a flexible way.  Rather than adding the appropriate function to the
+hook font-lock-mode-hook, you can use the new variable font-lock-support-mode
+to control which modes have Fast Lock mode or Lazy Lock mode turned on when
+Font Lock mode is enabled.
+
+For example, to use Fast Lock mode when Font Lock mode is turned on, put:
+
+ (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
+
+in your ~/.emacs.
+
+*** lazy-lock
+
+The lazy-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by making fontification occur
+only when necessary, such as when a previously unfontified part of the buffer
+becomes visible in a window.  When you create a buffer with Font Lock mode and
+Lazy Lock mode turned on, the buffer is not fontified.  When certain events
+occur (such as scrolling), Lazy Lock makes sure that the visible parts of the
+buffer are fontified.  Lazy Lock also defers on-the-fly fontification until
+Emacs has been idle for a given amount of time.
+
+To use this package, put in your ~/.emacs:
+
+ (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
+
+To control the package behaviour, see the documentation for `lazy-lock-mode'.
+
+** Changes in BibTeX mode.
+
+*** For all entries allow spaces and tabs between opening brace or
+paren and key.
+
+*** Non-escaped double-quoted characters (as in `Sch"of') are now
+supported.
+
+** Gnus changes.
+
+Gnus, the Emacs news reader, has undergone further rewriting.  Many new
+commands and variables have been added.  There should be no
+significant incompatibilities between this Gnus version and the
+previously released version, except in the message composition area.
+
+Below is a list of the more user-visible changes.  Coding changes
+between Gnus 5.1 and 5.2 are more extensive.
+
+*** A new message composition mode is used.  All old customization
+variables for mail-mode, rnews-reply-mode and gnus-msg are now
+obsolete.
+
+*** Gnus is now able to generate "sparse" threads -- threads where
+missing articles are represented by empty nodes.
+
+    (setq gnus-build-sparse-threads 'some)
+
+*** Outgoing articles are stored on a special archive server.
+
+    To disable this:  (setq gnus-message-archive-group nil)
+
+*** Partial thread regeneration now happens when articles are
+referred.
+
+*** Gnus can make use of GroupLens predictions:
+
+    (setq gnus-use-grouplens t)
+
+*** A trn-line tree buffer can be displayed.
+
+    (setq gnus-use-trees t)
+
+*** An nn-like pick-and-read minor mode is available for the summary
+buffers.
+
+    (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode)
+
+*** In binary groups you can use a special binary minor mode:
+
+    `M-x gnus-binary-mode'
+
+*** Groups can be grouped in a folding topic hierarchy.
+
+    (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode)
+
+*** Gnus can re-send and bounce mail.
+
+    Use the `S D r' and `S D b'.
+
+*** Groups can now have a score, and bubbling based on entry frequency
+is possible.
+
+    (add-hook 'gnus-summary-exit-hook 'gnus-summary-bubble-group)
+
+*** Groups can be process-marked, and commands can be performed on
+groups of groups.
+
+*** Caching is possible in virtual groups.
+
+*** nndoc now understands all kinds of digests, mail boxes, rnews news
+batches, ClariNet briefs collections, and just about everything else.
+
+*** Gnus has a new backend (nnsoup) to create/read SOUP packets.
+
+*** The Gnus cache is much faster.
+
+*** Groups can be sorted according to many criteria.
+
+    For instance: (setq gnus-group-sort-function 'gnus-group-sort-by-rank)
+
+*** New group parameters have been introduced to set list-address and
+expiration times.
+
+*** All formatting specs allow specifying faces to be used.
+
+*** There are several more commands for setting/removing/acting on
+process marked articles on the `M P' submap.
+
+*** The summary buffer can be limited to show parts of the available
+articles based on a wide range of criteria.  These commands have been
+bound to keys on the `/' submap.
+
+*** Articles can be made persistent -- as an alternative to saving
+articles with the `*' command.
+
+*** All functions for hiding article elements are now toggles.
+
+*** Article headers can be buttonized.
+
+    (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head)
+
+*** All mail backends support fetching articles by Message-ID.
+
+*** Duplicate mail can now be treated properly.  See the
+`nnmail-treat-duplicates' variable.
+
+*** All summary mode commands are available directly from the article
+buffer.
+
+*** Frames can be part of `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
+
+*** Mail can be re-scanned by a daemonic process.
+
+*** Gnus can make use of NoCeM files to filter spam.
+
+    (setq gnus-use-nocem t)
+
+*** Groups can be made permanently visible.
+
+    (setq gnus-permanently-visible-groups "^nnml:")
+
+*** Many new hooks have been introduced to make customizing easier.
+
+*** Gnus respects the Mail-Copies-To header.
+
+*** Threads can be gathered by looking at the References header.
+
+    (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function
+          'gnus-gather-threads-by-references)
+
+*** Read articles can be stored in a special backlog buffer to avoid
+refetching.
+
+    (setq gnus-keep-backlog 50)
+
+*** A clean copy of the current article is always stored in a separate
+buffer to allow easier treatment.
+
+*** Gnus can suggest where to save articles.  See `gnus-split-methods'.
+
+*** Gnus doesn't have to do as much prompting when saving.
+
+    (setq gnus-prompt-before-saving t)
+
+*** gnus-uu can view decoded files asynchronously while fetching
+articles.
+
+    (setq gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions 'gnus-uu-grab-view)
+
+*** Filling in the article buffer now works properly on cited text.
+
+*** Hiding cited text adds buttons to toggle hiding, and how much
+cited text to hide is now customizable.
+
+    (setq gnus-cited-lines-visible 2)
+
+*** Boring headers can be hidden.
+
+    (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-hide-boring-headers)
+
+*** Default scoring values can now be set from the menu bar.
+
+*** Further syntax checking of outgoing articles have been added.
+
+The Gnus manual has been expanded.  It explains all these new features
+in greater detail.
+
+* Lisp Changes in Emacs 19.32
+
+** The function set-visited-file-name now accepts an optional
+second argument NO-QUERY.  If it is non-nil, then the user is not
+asked for confirmation in the case where the specified file already
+exists.
+
+** The variable print-length applies to printing vectors and bitvectors,
+as well as lists.
+
+** The new function keymap-parent returns the parent keymap
+of a given keymap.
+
+** The new function set-keymap-parent specifies a new parent for a
+given keymap.  The arguments are KEYMAP and PARENT.  PARENT must be a
+keymap or nil.
+
+** Sometimes menu keymaps use a command name, a symbol, which is really
+an automatically generated alias for some other command, the "real"
+name.  In such a case, you should give that alias symbol a non-nil
+menu-alias property.  That property tells the menu system to look for
+equivalent keys for the real name instead of equivalent keys for the
+alias.
+
+* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.31
+
+** Freedom of the press restricted in the United States.
+
+Emacs has been censored in accord with the Communications Decency Act.
+This includes removing some features of the doctor program.  That law
+was described by its supporters as a ban on pornography, but it bans
+far more than that.  The Emacs distribution has never contained any
+pornography, but parts of it were nonetheless prohibited.
+
+For information on US government censorship of the Internet, and what
+you can do to bring back freedom of the press, see the web site
+`http://www.vtw.org/'.
+
+** A note about C mode indentation customization.
+
+The old (Emacs 19.29) ways of specifying a C indentation style
+do not normally work in the new implementation of C mode.
+It has its own methods of customizing indentation, which are
+much more powerful than the old C mode.  See the Editing Programs
+chapter of the manual for details.
+
+However, you can load the library cc-compat to make the old
+customization variables take effect.
+
+** Marking with the mouse.
+
+When you mark a region with the mouse, the region now remains
+highlighted until the next input event, regardless of whether you are
+using M-x transient-mark-mode.
+
+** Improved Windows NT/95 support.
+
+*** Emacs now supports scroll bars on Windows NT and Windows 95.
+
+*** Emacs now supports subprocesses on Windows 95.  (Subprocesses used
+to work on NT only and not on 95.)
+
+*** There are difficulties with subprocesses, though, due to problems
+in Windows, beyond the control of Emacs.  They work fine as long as
+you run Windows applications.  The problems arise when you run a DOS
+application in a subprocesses.  Since current shells run as DOS
+applications, these problems are significant.
+
+If you run a DOS application in a subprocess, then the application is
+likely to busy-wait, which means that your machine will be 100% busy.
+However, if you don't mind the temporary heavy load, the subprocess
+will work OK as long as you tell it to terminate before you start any
+other DOS application as a subprocess.
+
+Emacs is unable to terminate or interrupt a DOS subprocess.
+You have to do this by providing input directly to the subprocess.
+
+If you run two DOS applications at the same time in two separate
+subprocesses, even if one of them is asynchronous, you will probably
+have to reboot your machine--until then, it will remain 100% busy.
+Windows simply does not cope when one Windows process tries to run two
+separate DOS subprocesses.  Typing CTL-ALT-DEL and then choosing
+Shutdown seems to work although it may take a few minutes.
+
+** M-x resize-minibuffer-mode.
+
+This command, not previously mentioned in NEWS, toggles a mode in
+which the minibuffer window expands to show as many lines as the
+minibuffer contains.
+
+** `title' frame parameter and resource.
+
+The `title' X resource now specifies just the frame title, nothing else.
+It does not affect the name used for looking up other X resources.
+It works by setting the new `title' frame parameter, which likewise
+affects just the displayed title of the frame.
+
+The `name' parameter continues to do what it used to do:
+it specifies the frame name for looking up X resources,
+and also serves as the default for the displayed title
+when the `title' parameter is unspecified or nil.
+
+** Emacs now uses the X toolkit by default, if you have a new
+enough version of X installed (X11R5 or newer).
+
+** When you compile Emacs with the Motif widget set, Motif handles the
+F10 key by activating the menu bar.  To avoid confusion, the usual
+Emacs binding of F10 is replaced with a no-op when using Motif.
+
+If you want to be able to use F10 in Emacs, you can rebind the Motif
+menubar to some other key which you don't use.  To do so, add
+something like this to your X resources file.  This example rebinds
+the Motif menu bar activation key to S-F12:
+
+   Emacs*defaultVirtualBindings:  osfMenuBar : Shift<Key>F12
+
+** In overwrite mode, DEL now inserts spaces in most cases
+to replace the characters it "deletes".
+
+** The Rmail summary now shows the number of lines in each message.
+
+** Rmail has a new command M-x unforward-rmail-message, which extracts
+a forwarded message from the message that forwarded it.  To use it,
+select a message which contains a forwarded message and then type the command.
+It inserts the forwarded message as a separate Rmail message
+immediately after the selected one.
+
+This command also undoes the textual modifications that are standardly
+made, as part of forwarding, by Rmail and other mail reader programs.
+
+** Turning off saving of .saves-... files in your home directory.
+
+Each Emacs session writes a file named .saves-... in your home
+directory to record which files M-x recover-session should recover.
+If you exit Emacs normally with C-x C-c, it deletes that file.  If
+Emacs or the operating system crashes, the file remains for M-x
+recover-session.
+
+You can turn off the writing of these files by setting
+auto-save-list-file-name to nil.  If you do this, M-x recover-session
+will not work.
+
+Some previous Emacs versions failed to delete these files even on
+normal exit.  This is fixed now.  If you are thinking of turning off
+this feature because of past experiences with versions that had this
+bug, it would make sense to check whether you still want to do so
+now that the bug is fixed.
+
+** Changes to Version Control (VC)
+
+There is a new variable, vc-follow-symlinks.  It indicates what to do
+when you visit a link to a file that is under version control.
+Editing the file through the link bypasses the version control system,
+which is dangerous and probably not what you want.
+
+If this variable is t, VC follows the link and visits the real file,
+telling you about it in the echo area.  If it is `ask' (the default),
+VC asks for confirmation whether it should follow the link.  If nil,
+the link is visited and a warning displayed.
+
+** iso-acc.el now lets you specify a choice of language.
+Languages include "latin-1" (the default) and "latin-2" (which
+is designed for entering ISO Latin-2 characters).
+
+There are also choices for specific human languages such as French and
+Portuguese.  These are subsets of Latin-1, which differ in that they
+enable only the accent characters needed for particular language.
+The other accent characters, not needed for the chosen language,
+remain normal.
+
+** Posting articles and sending mail now has M-TAB completion on various
+header fields (Newsgroups, To, CC, ...).
+
+Completion in the Newsgroups header depends on the list of groups
+known to your news reader.  Completion in the Followup-To header
+offers those groups which are in the Newsgroups header, since
+Followup-To usually just holds one of those.
+
+Completion in fields that hold mail addresses works based on the list
+of local users plus your aliases.  Additionally, if your site provides
+a mail directory or a specific host to use for any unrecognized user
+name, you can arrange to query that host for completion also.  (See the
+documentation of variables `mail-directory-process' and
+`mail-directory-stream'.)
+
+** A greatly extended sgml-mode offers new features such as (to be configured)
+skeletons with completing read for tags and attributes, typing named
+characters including optionally all 8bit characters, making tags invisible
+with optional alternate display text, skipping and deleting tag(pair)s.
+
+Note: since Emacs' syntax feature cannot limit the special meaning of ', " and
+- to inside <>, for some texts the result, especially of font locking, may be
+wrong (see `sgml-specials' if you get wrong results).
+
+The derived html-mode configures this with tags and attributes more or
+less HTML3ish.  It also offers optional quick keys like C-c 1 for
+headline or C-c u for unordered list (see `html-quick-keys').  Edit /
+Text Properties / Face or M-g combinations create tags as applicable.
+Outline minor mode is supported and level 1 font-locking tries to
+fontify tag contents (which only works when they fit on one line, due
+to a limitation in font-lock).
+
+External viewing via browse-url can occur automatically upon saving.
+
+** M-x imenu-add-to-menubar now adds to the menu bar for the current
+buffer only.  If you want to put an Imenu item in the menu bar for all
+buffers that use a particular major mode, use the mode hook, as in
+this example:
+
+    (add-hook 'emacs-lisp-mode-hook
+              '(lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Index")))
+
+** Changes in BibTeX mode.
+
+*** Field names may now contain digits, hyphens, and underscores.
+
+*** Font Lock mode is now supported.
+
+*** bibtex-make-optional-field is no longer interactive.
+
+*** If bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is non-nil, inserting new
+entries is now done with a faster algorithm.  However, inserting
+will fail in this case if the buffer contains invalid entries or
+isn't in sorted order, so you should finish each entry with C-c C-c
+(bibtex-close-entry) after you have inserted or modified it.
+The default value of bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is nil.
+
+*** Function `show-all' is no longer bound to a key, since C-u C-c C-q
+does the same job.
+
+*** Entries with quotes inside quote-delimited fields (as `author =
+"Stefan Sch{\"o}f"') are now supported.
+
+*** Case in field names doesn't matter anymore when searching for help
+text.
+
+** Font Lock mode
+
+*** Global Font Lock mode
+
+Font Lock mode can be turned on globally, in buffers that support it, by the
+new command global-font-lock-mode.  You can use the new variable
+font-lock-global-modes to control which modes have Font Lock mode automagically
+turned on.  By default, this variable is set so that Font Lock mode is turned
+on globally where the buffer mode supports it.
+
+For example, to automagically turn on Font Lock mode where supported, put:
+
+ (global-font-lock-mode t)
+
+in your ~/.emacs.
+
+*** Local Refontification
+
+In Font Lock mode, editing a line automatically refontifies that line only.
+However, if your change alters the syntactic context for following lines,
+those lines remain incorrectly fontified.  To refontify them, use the new
+command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block).
+
+In certain major modes, M-g M-g refontifies the entire current function.
+(The variable font-lock-mark-block-function controls how to find the
+current function.)  In other major modes, M-g M-g refontifies 16 lines
+above and below point.
+
+With a prefix argument N, M-g M-g refontifies N lines above and below point.
+
+** Follow mode
+
+Follow mode is a new minor mode combining windows showing the same
+buffer into one tall "virtual window".  The windows are typically two
+side-by-side windows.  Follow mode makes them scroll together as if
+they were a unit.  To use it, go to a frame with just one window,
+split it into two side-by-side windows using C-x 3, and then type M-x
+follow-mode.
+
+M-x follow-mode turns off Follow mode if it is already enabled.
+
+To display two side-by-side windows and activate Follow mode, use the
+command M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split.
+
+** hide-show changes.
+
+The hooks hs-hide-hooks and hs-show-hooks have been renamed
+to hs-hide-hook and hs-show-hook, to follow the convention for
+normal hooks.
+
+** Simula mode now has a menu containing the most important commands.
+The new command simula-indent-exp is bound to C-M-q.
+
+** etags can now handle programs written in Erlang.  Files are
+recognised by the extensions .erl and .hrl.  The tagged lines are
+those that begin a function, record, or macro.
+
+** MSDOS Changes
+
+*** It is now possible to compile Emacs with the version 2 of DJGPP.
+Compilation with DJGPP version 1 also still works.
+
+*** The documentation of DOS-specific aspects of Emacs was rewritten
+and expanded; see the ``MS-DOS'' node in the on-line docs.
+
+*** Emacs now uses ~ for backup file names, not .bak.
+
+*** You can simulate mouse-3 on two-button mice by simultaneously
+pressing both mouse buttons.
+
+*** A number of packages and commands which previously failed or had
+restricted functionality on MS-DOS, now work.  The most important ones
+are:
+
+**** Printing (both with `M-x lpr-buffer' and with `ps-print' package)
+now works.
+
+**** `Ediff' works (in a single-frame mode).
+
+**** `M-x display-time' can be used on MS-DOS (due to the new
+implementation of Emacs timers, see below).
+
+**** `Dired' supports Unix-style shell wildcards.
+
+**** The `c-macro-expand' command now works as on other platforms.
+
+**** `M-x recover-session' works.
+
+**** `M-x list-colors-display' displays all the available colors.
+
+**** The `TPU-EDT' package works.
+
+* Lisp changes in Emacs 19.31.
+
+** The function using-unix-filesystems on Windows NT and Windows 95
+tells Emacs to read and write files assuming that they reside on a
+remote Unix filesystem.  No CR/LF translation is done on any files in
+this case.  Invoking using-unix-filesystems with t activates this
+behavior, and invoking it with any other value deactivates it.
+
+** Change in system-type and system-configuration values.
+
+The value of system-type on a Linux-based GNU system is now `lignux',
+not `linux'.  This means that some programs which use `system-type'
+need to be changed.  The value of `system-configuration' will also
+be different.
+
+It is generally recommended to use `system-configuration' rather
+than `system-type'.
+
+See the file LINUX-GNU in this directory for more about this.
+
+** The functions shell-command and dired-call-process
+now run file name handlers for default-directory, if it has them.
+
+** Undoing the deletion of text now restores the positions of markers
+that pointed into or next to the deleted text.
+
+** Timers created with run-at-time now work internally to Emacs, and
+no longer use a separate process.  Therefore, they now work more
+reliably and can be used for shorter time delays.
+
+The new function run-with-timer is a convenient way to set up a timer
+to run a specified amount of time after the present.  A call looks
+like this:
+
+  (run-with-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
+
+SECS says how many seconds should elapse before the timer happens.
+It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the timer
+becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
+
+REPEAT gives the interval for repeating the timer (measured in
+seconds).  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  nil or 0
+means don't repeat at all--call FUNCTION just once.
+
+*** with-timeout provides an easy way to do something but give
+up if too much time passes.
+
+  (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
+
+This executes BODY, but gives up after SECONDS seconds.
+If it gives up, it runs the TIMEOUT-FORMS and returns the value
+of the last one of them.  Normally it returns the value of the last
+form in BODY.
+
+*** You can now arrange to call a function whenever Emacs is idle for
+a certain length of time.  To do this, call run-with-idle-timer.  A
+call looks like this:
+
+  (run-with-idle-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
+
+SECS says how many seconds of idleness should elapse before the timer
+runs.  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the
+timer becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments
+ARGS.
+
+Emacs becomes idle whenever it finishes executing a keyboard or mouse
+command.  It remains idle until it receives another keyboard or mouse
+command.
+
+REPEAT, if non-nil, means this timer should be activated again each
+time Emacs becomes idle and remains idle for SECS seconds The timer
+does not repeat if Emacs *remains* idle; it runs at most once after
+each time Emacs becomes idle.
+
+If REPEAT is nil, the timer runs just once, the first time Emacs is
+idle for SECS seconds.
+
+*** post-command-idle-hook is now obsolete; you shouldn't use it at
+all, because it interferes with the idle timer mechanism.  If your
+programs use post-command-idle-hook, convert them to use idle timers
+instead.
+
+*** y-or-n-p-with-timeout lets you ask a question but give up if
+there is no answer within a certain time.
+
+  (y-or-n-p-with-timeout PROMPT SECONDS DEFAULT-VALUE)
+
+asks the question PROMPT (just like y-or-n-p).  If the user answers
+within SECONDS seconds, it returns the answer that the user gave.
+Otherwise it gives up after SECONDS seconds, and returns DEFAULT-VALUE.
+
+** Minor change to `encode-time': you can now pass more than seven
+arguments.  If you do that, the first six arguments have the usual
+meaning, the last argument is interpreted as the time zone, and the
+arguments in between are ignored.
+
+This means that it works to use the list returned by `decode-time' as
+the list of arguments for `encode-time'.
+
+** The default value of load-path now includes the directory
+/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp In addition to
+/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp.  You can use this new directory for
+site-specific Lisp packages that belong with a particular Emacs
+version.
+
+It is not unusual for a Lisp package that works well in one Emacs
+version to cause trouble in another.  Sometimes packages need updating
+for incompatible changes; sometimes they look at internal data that
+has changed; sometimes the package has been installed in Emacs itself
+and the installed version should be used.  Whatever the reason for the
+problem, this new feature makes it easier to solve.
+
+** When your program contains a fixed file name (like .completions or
+.abbrev.defs), the file name usually needs to be different on operating
+systems with limited file name syntax.
+
+Now you can avoid ad-hoc conditionals by using the function
+convert-standard-filename to convert the file name to a proper form
+for each operating system.  Here is an example of use, from the file
+completions.el:
+
+(defvar save-completions-file-name
+        (convert-standard-filename "~/.completions")
+  "*The filename to save completions to.")
+
+This sets the variable save-completions-file-name to a value that
+depends on the operating system, because the definition of
+convert-standard-filename depends on the operating system.  On
+Unix-like systems, it returns the specified file name unchanged.  On
+MS-DOS, it adapts the name to fit the limitations of that system.
+
+** The interactive spec N now returns the numeric prefix argument
+rather than the raw prefix argument.  (It still reads a number using the
+minibuffer if there is no prefix argument at all.)
+
+** When a process is deleted, this no longer disconnects the process
+marker from its buffer position.
+
+** The variable garbage-collection-messages now controls whether
+Emacs displays a message at the beginning and end of garbage collection.
+The default is nil, meaning there are no messages.
+
+** The variable debug-ignored-errors specifies certain kinds of errors
+that should not enter the debugger.  Its value is a list of error
+condition symbols and/or regular expressions.  If the error has any
+of the condition symbols listed, or if any of the regular expressions
+matches the error message, then that error does not enter the debugger,
+regardless of the value of debug-on-error.
+
+This variable is initialized to match certain common but uninteresting
+errors that happen often during editing.
+
+** The new function error-message-string converts an error datum
+into its error message.  The error datum is what condition-case
+puts into the variable, to describe the error that happened.
+
+** Anything that changes which buffer appears in a given window
+now runs the window-scroll-functions for that window.
+
+** The new function get-buffer-window-list returns a list of windows displaying
+a buffer.  The function is called with the buffer (a buffer object or a buffer
+name) and two optional arguments specifying the minibuffer windows and frames
+to search.  Therefore this function takes optional args like next-window etc.,
+and not get-buffer-window.
+
+** buffer-substring now runs the hook buffer-access-fontify-functions,
+calling each function with two arguments--the range of the buffer
+being accessed.  buffer-substring-no-properties does not call them.
+
+If you use this feature, you should set the variable
+buffer-access-fontified-property to a non-nil symbol, which is a
+property name.  Then, if all the characters in the buffer range have a
+non-nil value for that property, the buffer-access-fontify-functions
+are not called.  When called, these functions should put a non-nil
+property on the text that they fontify, so that they won't get called
+over and over for the same text.
+
+** Changes in lisp-mnt.el
+
+*** The lisp-mnt package can now recognize file headers that are written
+in the formats used by the `what' command and the RCS `ident' command:
+
+;; @(#) HEADER: text
+;; $HEADER: text $
+
+in addition to the normal
+
+;; HEADER: text
+
+*** The commands lm-verify and lm-synopsis are now interactive.  lm-verify
+checks that the library file has proper sections and headers, and
+lm-synopsis extracts first line "synopsis'"information.
+
+
 
-* For older news, see the file NEWS.1.
+* For older news, see the file ONEWS
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 Copyright information:
diff --git a/etc/NEWS.1 b/etc/NEWS.1
index 0cb7daf09d2..06b5405be1e 100644
--- a/etc/NEWS.1
+++ b/etc/NEWS.1
@@ -1,4994 +1,1154 @@
-GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  5 Jan 2000
-Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Old GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes thru version 15.
+Copyright (C) 1985 Richard M. Stallman.
 See the end for copying conditions.
-
-Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
-For older news, see the file ONEWS.
-
-^L
-* Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
-
-** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
-input.
-
-** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
-
-** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
-
-** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
-only for character input, but also in incremental search.  The
-exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
-(e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
-(e.g. iso-2022-jp).  They are ignored in incremental search.
-
-** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
-been added.
-
-^L
-* Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
-
-** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
-
-^L
-* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
-
-** Not new, but not mentioned before:
-M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
 
-* Changes in Emacs 20.4
-
-** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
-
-You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
-Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'.  If you use the name
-`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
-
-If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
-is the one that is used.
-
-** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
-the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
-Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
-separate from the command's regular output.
-Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
-says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
-In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
-the buffer name.
-
-When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
-output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
-it from the previous batch of error output.  The error buffer is not
-cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
-
-** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
-the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
-is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
-created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
-
-** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names.  For
-example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
-match c*.c.  To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
-quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
-
-** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
-now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
-if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
-they never ignore case.
-
-** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
-under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
-applies to all operating systems.  Emacs recognizes from the contents
-of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
-just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
-convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing.  This is a
-part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
-
-If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
-the same format that was used in the file before.
-
-You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
-`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
-
-** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
-renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
-This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
-
-** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
-The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
-buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
-your operating system.  For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
-is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems.  The usual
-end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
-Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
-
-The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
-eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
-control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
-format.  You can now customize these variables.
-
-** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
-filename contained non-ASCII characters.  Now this is fixed.  Such a
-filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
-enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
-
-** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
-in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
-windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
-
-** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
-dynamic-completion-mode to enable it.  Just loading the file
-doesn't have any effect.
-
-** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
-not one per buffer.
-
-** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
-use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
-  (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
-
-** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
-To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
-`auto-show-mode' command.
-
-** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
-avoid redisplay problems.  As a consequence, compared with previous
-versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
-choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line.  This change
-occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
-
-** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
-cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
-
-** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
-character set specified in the message.  If you want to disable this
-feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
-
-** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
-the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
-interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
-and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
-
-** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
-
-The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
-that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
-one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
-codepage.  For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
-set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
-
-Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
-from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
-
-IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
-equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
-a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
-`?' on other systems.
-
-IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
-feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
-Unix.
-
-Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
-current codepage when it starts.
-
-** Mail changes
-
-*** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
-`mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
-appropriate MIME headers are added.  The headers are added only if
-non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
-MIME headers are already present.  For example, the following three
-headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
-latin-1:
-
-  MIME-version: 1.0
-  Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
-  Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
-
-*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
-default way to encode outgoing mail.  This has higher priority than
-default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
-sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
-buffer-file-coding-system.
-
-You should not set this variable manually.  Instead, set
-sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
-mail.
-
-*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
-if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
-Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
-list of possible coding systems.
-
-** CC Mode changes
-
-*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
-modes to style names.  When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
-longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style.  See the variable's
-docstring for details.
-
-*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
-symbol.  The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
-found.  This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
-prioritized order on a single line.  However, none of the supplied
-lineup functions use this feature currently.
-
-*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
-"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
-
-*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
-"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
-
-*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
-from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode.  Two new
-symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
-c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
-anonymous classes.
-
-*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
-syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
-
-*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
-inexpr-class.  New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
-support and gcc-style statements inside expressions.  New lineup
-function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
-
-*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
-(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
-brace.  These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
-c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
-(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
-
-*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
-
-*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
-
-*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
-for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
-
-*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
-
-*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol.  The indentation
-associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
-This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
-circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
-class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
-
-** Gnus changes.
-
-*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
-added.  A plethora of new commands and modes have been added.  See the
-Gnus manual for the full story.
-
-*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
-before.  All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
-group, which is created automatically.
-
-*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
-values.
-
-*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
-
-*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
-outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
-
-*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
-`C-u C-c C-c'.
-
-*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
-
-*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
-re-highlighting of the article buffer.
-
-*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
-
-*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command.  See the section "Symbolic
-Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
-
-*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
-`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
-
-*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
-control over simplification.
-
-*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
-
-*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
-limit.
-
-*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
-
-*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
-
-*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
-If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
-rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
-
-*** Cancelling now uses the current select method.  Symbolic prefix
-`a' forces normal posting method.
-
-*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
--- `W d'.
-
-*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
-to a non-nil value.
-
-*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
-where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
-
-*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
-has been added.
-
-*** A history of where mails have been split is available.
-
-*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
-
-*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
-`gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
-
-*** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
-`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
-
-*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
-
-*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
-been added.
+Changes in Emacs 15
+
+* Emacs now runs on Sun and Megatest 68000 systems;
+ also on at least one 16000 system running 4.2.
+
+* Emacs now alters the output-start and output-stop characters
+ to prevent C-s and C-q from being considered as flow control
+ by cretinous rlogin software in 4.2.
+
+* It is now possible convert Mocklisp code (for Gosling Emacs) to Lisp code
+ that can run in GNU Emacs.  M-x convert-mocklisp-buffer
+ converts the contents of the current buffer from Mocklisp to
+ GNU Emacs Lisp.  You should then save the converted buffer with C-x C-w
+ under a name ending in ".el"
+
+ There are probably some Mocklisp constructs that are not handled.
+ If you encounter one, feel free to report the failure as a bug.
+ The construct will be handled in a future Emacs release, if that is not
+ not too hard to do.
+
+ Note that lisp code converted from Mocklisp code will not necessarily
+ run as fast as code specifically written for GNU Emacs, nor will it use
+ the many features of GNU Emacs which are not present in Gosling's emacs.
+ (In particular, the byte-compiler (m-x byte-compile-file) knows little
+ about compilation of code directly converted from mocklisp.)
+ It is envisaged that old mocklisp code will be incrementally converted
+ to GNU lisp code, with M-x convert-mocklisp-buffer being the first
+ step in this process.
+
+* Control-x n (narrow-to-region) is now by default a disabled command.
+
+ This means that, if you issue this command, it will ask whether
+ you really mean it.  You have the opportunity to enable the
+ command permanently at that time, so you will not be asked again.
+ This will place the form "(put 'narrow-to-region 'disabled nil)" in your
+ .emacs file.
+
+* Tags now prompts for the tag table file name to use.
+
+ All the tags commands ask for the tag table file name
+ if you have not yet specified one.
+
+ Also, the command M-x visit-tag-table can now be used to
+ specify the tag table file name initially, or to switch
+ to a new tag table.
+
+* If truncate-partial-width-windows is non-nil (as it intially is),
+ all windows less than the full screen width (that is,
+ made by side-by-side splitting) truncate lines rather than continuing
+ them.
+
+* Emacs now checks for Lisp stack overflow to avoid fatal errors.
+ The depth in eval, apply and funcall may not exceed max-lisp-eval-depth.
+ The depth in variable bindings and unwind-protects may not exceed
+ max-specpdl-size.  If either limit is exceeded, an error occurs.
+ You can set the limits to larger values if you wish, but if you make them
+ too large, you are vulnerable to a fatal error if you invoke
+ Lisp code that does infinite recursion.
+
+* New hooks  find-file-hook  and  write-file-hook.
+ Both of these variables if non-nil should be functions of no arguments.
+ At the time they are called (current-buffer) will be the buffer being
+ read or written respectively.
+
+ find-file-hook  is called whenever a file is read into its own buffer,
+ such as by calling  find-file,  revert-buffer, etc.  It is not called by
+ functions such as  insert-file  which do not read the file into a buffer of
+ its own.
+ find-file-hook  is called after the file has been read in and its
+ local variables (if any) have been processed.
+
+ write-file-hook  is called just before writing out a file from a buffer.
+
+* The initial value of shell-prompt-pattern is now  "^[^#$%>]*[#$%>] *"
+
+* If the .emacs file sets inhibit-startup-message to non-nil,
+ the messages normally printed by Emacs at startup time
+ are inhibited.
+
+* Facility for run-time conditionalization on the basis of emacs features.
+
+ The new variable  features  is a list of symbols which represent "features"
+ of the executing emacs, for use in run-time conditionalization.
+
+ The function  featurep  of one argument may be used to test for the
+ presence of a feature. It is just the same as
+ (not (null (memq FEATURE features))) where FEATURE is its argument.
+ For example, (if (featurep 'magic-window-hack)
+                  (transmogrify-window 'vertical)
+                (split-window-vertically))
+
+ The function  provide  of one argument "announces" that FEATURE is present.
+ It is much the same as (if (not (featurep FEATURE))
+                            (setq features (cons FEATURE features)))
+
+ The function  require  with arguments FEATURE and FILE-NAME loads FILE-NAME
+ (which should contain the form (provide FEATURE)) unless FEATURE is present.
+ It is much the same as (if (not (featurep FEATURE))
+                            (progn (load FILE-NAME)
+                                   (if (not featurep FEATURE) (error ...))))
+ FILE-NAME is optional and defaults to FEATURE.
+
+* New function load-average.
+
+ This returns a list of three integers, which are
+ the current 1 minute, 5 minute and 15 minute load averages,
+ each multiplied by a hundred (since normally they are floating
+ point numbers).
+
+* Per-terminal libraries loaded automatically.
+
+ Emacs when starting up on terminal type T automatically loads
+ a library named term-T.  T is the value of the TERM environment variable.
+ Thus, on terminal type vt100, Emacs would do (load "term-vt100" t t).
+ Such libraries are good places to set the character translation table.
+
+ It is a bad idea to redefine lots of commands in a per-terminal library,
+ since this affects all users.  Instead, define a command to do the
+ redefinitions and let the user's init file, which is loaded later,
+ call that command or not, as the user prefers.
+
+* Programmer's note: detecting killed buffers.
+
+ Buffers are eliminated by explicitly killing them, using
+ the function kill-buffer.  This does not eliminate or affect
+ the pointers to the buffer which may exist in list structure.
+ If you have a pointer to a buffer and wish to tell whether
+ the buffer has been killed, use the function buffer-name.
+ It returns nil on a killed buffer, and a string on a live buffer.
+
+* New ways to access the last command input character.
+
+ The function last-key-struck, which used to return the last
+ input character that was read by command input, is eliminated.
+ Instead, you can find this information as the value of the
+ variable last-command-char.  (This variable used to be called
+ last-key).
+
+ Another new variable, last-input-char, holds the last character
+ read from the command input stream regardless of what it was
+ read for.  last-input-char and last-command-char are different
+ only inside a command that has called read-char to read input.
+
+* The new switch -kill causes Emacs to exit after processing the
+ preceding command line arguments.  Thus,
+    emacs -l lib data -e do-it -kill
+ means to load lib, find file data, call do-it on no arguments,
+ and then exit.
+
+* The config.h file has been modularized.
+
+ Options that depend on the machine you are running on are defined
+ in a file whose name starts with "m-", such as m-vax.h.
+ Options that depend on the operating system software version you are
+ running on are defined in a file whose name starts with "s-",
+ such as s-bsd4.2.h.
+
+ config.h includes one m- file and one s- file.  It also defines a
+ few other options whose values do not follow from the machine type
+ and system type being used.  Installers normally will have to
+ select the correct m- and s- files but will never have to change their
+ contents.
 
-*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
-`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
+* Termcap AL and DL strings are understood.
+
+ If the termcap entry defines AL and DL strings, for insertion
+ and deletion of multiple lines in one blow, Emacs now uses them.
+ This matters most on certain bit map display terminals for which
+ scrolling is comparatively slow.
 
-*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
-updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
+* Bias against scrolling screen far on fast terminals.
 
-*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
+ Emacs now prefers to redraw a few lines rather than
+ shift them a long distance on the screen, when the terminal is fast.
 
-*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
+* New major mode, mim-mode.
+
+ This major mode is for editing MDL code.  Perhaps a MDL
+ user can explain why it is not called mdl-mode.
+ You must load the library mim-mode explicitly to use this.
+
+* GNU documentation formatter `texinfo'.
+
+ The `texinfo' library defines a format for documentation
+ files which can be passed through Tex to make a printed manual
+ or passed through texinfo to make an Info file.  Texinfo is
+ documented fully by its own Info file; compare this file
+ with its source, texinfo.texinfo, for additional guidance.
+
+ All documentation files for GNU utilities should be written
+ in texinfo input format.
+
+ Tex processing of texinfo files requires the Botex macro package.
+ This is not ready for distribution yet, but will appear at
+ a later time.
+
+* New function read-from-string (emacs 15.29)
 
-*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
+ read-from-string takes three arguments: a string to read from,
+ and optionally start and end indices which delimit a substring
+ from which to read.  (They default to 0 and the length of the string,
+ respectively.)
 
-** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
+ This function returns a cons cell whose car is the object produced
+ by reading from the string and whose cdr is a number giving the
+ index in the string of the first character not read. That index may
+ be passed as the second argument to a later call to  read-from-string
+ to read the next form represented by the string.
 
-*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
-options for the TeX run.  The default value causes TeX to run in
-nonstopmode.  For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
-
-*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell.  In a
-TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
-of these keys may not work on all systems).  For instance, if you run
-TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
-can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
-
-*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
-All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
-but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell.  Thus you can use
-the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
-
-*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
-the matching of braces and $'s.  The errors are listed in a *Occur*
-buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
-mismatch.
-
-** Changes to RefTeX mode
-
-*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
-file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
-
-*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
-lowercase by default.  To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
-characters will lose their accent.  All Mule characters will be
-removed from the label.
-
-*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
-a window instead of the echo area.  See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
-
-*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files.  See the
-customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
-
-*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
-`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
-expressions.
-
-*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
-
-** New/deleted modes and packages
-
-*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
-SNMPv2 MIBs.  It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
-
-*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
-editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
-SQL interpreters.  It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
-
-*** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
-changes with a special face.
-
-*** ispell4.el has been deleted.  It got in the way of ispell.el and
-this was hard to fix reliably.  It has long been obsolete -- use
-Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
+ In addition, the function  read  now accepts a string as its argument.
+ In this case, it calls  read-from-string  on the whole string, and
+ returns the car of the result. (ie the actual object read.)
 
-* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
-
-** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
-This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
-conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
-and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup.  For details,
-check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
-
-The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
-Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
-distribution when the config.bat script is run.
-
-** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
-MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
-controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
-directly to a printer port.  Similarly, in the previous version of
-Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
-on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
-string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
-program is used.  (These changes were made so that configuration of
-printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
-
-** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
-output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
-available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
-input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
-temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
-program.
-
-An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
-and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware.  For both of these
-programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
-automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
-as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
-ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
-
-** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
-a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
-MS-DOS and MS-Windows only.  This has been true since version 20.3, but
-was not documented clearly before.
-
-** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
-This includes Tetris and Snake.
+Changes in Emacs 14
+
+* Completion now prints various messages such as [Sole Completion]
+ or [Next Character Not Unique] to describe the results obtained.
+ These messages appear after the text in the minibuffer, and remain
+ on the screen until a few seconds go by or you type a key.
+
+* The buffer-read-only flag is implemented.
+ Setting or binding this per-buffer variable to a non-nil value
+ makes illegal any operation which would modify the textual content of
+ the buffer.  (Such operations signal a  buffer-read-only  error)
+ The read-only state of a buffer may be altered using toggle-read-only
+ (C-x C-q)
+ The buffers used by Rmail, Dired, Rnews, and Info are now read-only
+ by default to prevent accidental damage to the information in those
+ buffers.
+
+* Functions car-safe and cdr-safe.
+ These functions are like car and cdr when the argument is a cons.
+ Given an argument not a cons, car-safe always returns nil, with
+ no error; the same for cdr-safe.
+
+* The new function user-real-login-name returns the name corresponding
+ to the real uid of the Emacs process.  This is usually the same
+ as what user-login-name returns; however, when Emacs is invoked
+ from su, user-real-login-name returns "root" but user-login-name
+ returns the name of the user who invoked su.
 
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
-
-** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
-return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
-They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
-meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
-
-** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
-WILDCARD.  If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
-and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
-
-** Changes in the file-attributes function.
-
-*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
-It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
-
-*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
-the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
-integers.
-
-** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
-files in a directory and their attributes.  It accepts the same
-arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
-file names and attributes are returned.
-
-** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
-sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes.  It
-accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its atttributes.
-It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
-returns the result.
-
-** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
-to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
-
-** New functions for base64 conversion:
-
-The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
-into the base64 code used in MIME.  base64-decode-region
-performs the opposite conversion.  Line-breaking is supported
-optionally.
-
-Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
-job on the text in a string.  They return the value as a new string.
-
-**
-The new function process-running-child-p
-will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
-terminal to its own child process.
-
-** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
-when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
-to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
-itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
-
-** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
-be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
-
-** easymenu.el Now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
-:included is an alias for :visible.
-
-easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
-easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p.  This can be used
-to move or copy menu entries.
-
-** Multibyte editing changes
-
-*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed.  Now, sref is
-an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1.  This change is to
-make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
-work on the latest Emacs.  Such code uses a combination of sref and
-char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
-        (setq char (sref str idx)
-              idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
-The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
-
-If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
-(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
-        (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
-
-*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
-region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
-deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
-
-    Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibitted
-
-This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
-across the boundary.
-
-*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
-`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
-    o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
-      contains 8-bit characters.
-    o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
-      contains invalid characters.
-
-*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
-text properties of the target region.  Ideally, they should correctly
-preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard.  Removing
-text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
-way.
-
-*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
-If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
-end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
-prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
-
-*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
-compose Thai characters in a string.
-
-** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
-argument NAME, which should be a string.  It supplies the menu name
-for the created keymap.  Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
-menus should always use the third argument.
-
-** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
-read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped.  Now the second
-arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  These functions use the current
-input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
-
-** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
-of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns.  This is useful in
-programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
-inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
-
-** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
-the echo area, while executing some Lisp code.  Like `progn', it
-returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
-echo area contents.
-
-   (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
-
-** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
-NOERROR.  If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
-requested feature cannot be loaded.
-
-** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
-foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
-means to clear out that attribute.
-
-** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
-gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
-
-** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
-read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
-unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
-end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
-
-** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
-the gap of the current buffer.
-
-** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
-to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
-current buffer.
-
-** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
-facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
-These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
-it back in after any modifications have been made.
-
-* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
-
-** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
-the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
-/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
-directories themselves.  Both immediate subdirectories and
-subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
-
-Not all subdirectories are included, though.  Subdirectories whose
-names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
-Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded.  Also, a subdirectory
-which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded.  You can use
-these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
-
-Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
-starts up.  While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
-time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
-
-This feature is an incompatible change.  If you have stored some Emacs
-Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
-to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
-subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
-`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
-results.
-
-** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
-GCC.  This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
-that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
-fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
-
-* Changes in Emacs 20.3
-
-** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
-including its argument.  If you repeat the z afterward,
-it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
-perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
-
-** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
-specified region.  To do this, set point and mark around the desired
-region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_).  You can then continue undoing
-further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
-command C-x u or C-_.  This will keep undoing changes that were made
-within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
-are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
-region.
-
-In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
-selective undo.
-
-** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
-unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
-buffer.  Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
-effect.  The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
-Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
-
-The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
-though.  If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
--*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.  That will force Emacs to
-load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
-
-** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
-no longer appears in the menu bar.  We've realized that changing the
-enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
-something that most users not do.
-
-** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
-operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
-The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
-applications.
-
-C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
-pasting operations.
-
-** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
-setting the variable `printer-name'.  Just what a printer name looks
-like depends on your operating system.  You can specify a different
-printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
-`ps-printer-name'.
-
-** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
-minor mode.  It is called M-x flyspell-mode.  You don't have to remember
-any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
-except when you make a spelling error.  Flyspell works by highlighting
-incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
-hits a new word.
-
-Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
-Ispell in Emacs.  In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
-to be confused by TeX commands.
-
-You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
-correct.  You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
-clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
-of various alternative replacements and actions.
-
-Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections.  M-TAB replaces
-the current misspelled word with a possible correction.  If several
-corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
-alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
-flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
-
-Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
-flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
-
-** Changes in input method usage.
-
-Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
-the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
-respectively.
-
-You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
-
-If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
-of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
-
-The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
-that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
-
-  If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
-
-  If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
-
-  If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
-  when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
-
-  If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
-  given in the following case:
-    o When you are using a complex input method.
-    o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
-
-If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
-input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
-and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
-setting it to t is helpful.
-
-The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
-
-In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
-keys:
-        Shift-SPC       toggle-korean-input-method
-        C-F9            quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
-        F9              quail-hangul-switch-hanja
-These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
-environment.
-
-** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
-names, not the entire minibuffer input.  For example, if the
-minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
-get
-
-     /usr/foo//etc/passwd
-
-which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
-
-Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
-Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
-
-** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
-at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
-its owner and group.
-
-** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
-Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
-
-** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
-contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
-
-** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
-which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
-in all the lines on a rectangle.  The column is specified
-by the left edge of the rectangle.
-
-** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
-increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
-C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG.  This is useful
-for writing keyboard macros.
-
-** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
-files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to.  The
-frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
-the frame that it was started from.  Some major modes define
-additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
-info.
-
-** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
-
-** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
-query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
-contents only.
-
-** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
-confirmation before overwriting an existing file.  When you call
-the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
-says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
-
-** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
-non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
-literally.  If you say no, it signals an error.
-
-** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
-now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
-Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
-inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
-
-** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
-failure if the command produces no output.
-
-** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
-manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
-the mouse.
-
-** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
-mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
-function and variable names.
-
-** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
-reading specific files.  This has higher priority than
-file-coding-system-alist.
-
-** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
-t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
-converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
-the current language environment.  As a result, they are displayed
-according to the current fontset.
-
-** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
-
-The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
-that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
-nonascii-insert-offset.
-
-For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
-enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
-nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
-characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
-
-** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
-an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
-
-** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
-letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
-
-** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
-are inferred and hyperlinked.  Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
-command keys.
-
-** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
-user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
-
-Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
-user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
-all variables that have documentation.
-
-** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
-shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
-that shows you overlap with the previous line of text.  The variable
-minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
-it should show; the default is 20.
-
-Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
-the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
-of your input.
-
-** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
-all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
-recent Emacs versions.  You specify a previous Emacs version number as
-argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
-the customizable options which were changed since that version.
-Newly added options are included as well.
-
-If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
-then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
-for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
-
-This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
-Customize menu.
-
-** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
-the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
-
-** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
-buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
-invoked.
-
-** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
-that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
-The default is 1.
-
-** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
-syntax, not word syntax.  Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
-new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
-(C-x n d).  M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
-sensibly.
-
-** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
+Changes in Emacs 13
 
-** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
-value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
-two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
+* There is a new version numbering scheme.
 
-** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
-reminder about upcoming diary entries.  See the documentation string
-for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
-every night.
+ What used to be the first version number, which was 1,
+ has been discarded since it does not seem that I need three
+ levels of version number.
 
-** Desktop changes
+ However, a new third version number has been added to represent
+ changes by user sites.  This number will always be zero in
+ Emacs when I distribute it; it will be incremented each time
+ Emacs is built at another site.
 
-*** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
-the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
+* There is now a reader syntax for Meta characters:
+ \M-CHAR means CHAR or'ed with the Meta bit.  For example:
 
-*** Minor modes are now restored.  Which minor modes are restored
-and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
+    ?\M-x   is   (+ ?x 128)
+    ?\M-\n  is   (+ ?\n 128)
+    ?\M-\^f is   (+ ?\^f 128)
 
-** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
-read and post multi-lingual articles.
+ This syntax can be used in strings too.  Note, however, that
+ Meta characters are not meaningful in key sequences being passed
+ to define-key or lookup-key; you must use ESC characters (\e)
+ in them instead.
 
-** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
-doing an isearch.  In order for this to happen search-invisible should
-be set to open (the default).  If an isearch match is inside a hidden
-outline the outline is made visible.  If you continue pressing C-s and
-the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
-made invisible again.
+ ?\C- can be used likewise for control characters.  (13.9)
 
-** Mail reading and sending changes
-
-*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
-the message before it lets you edit the message.  This is so that any
-changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
-toggle.
-
-*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
-now works in the summary buffer as well.  (The command to delete the
-summary buffer is now Q.)  The default file name for the w command, if
-the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
-rmail-default-body-file.
-
-*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
-longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator.  Instead, they
-handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
-
-*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
-it should be an expression.  When you send a message, this expression
-is evaluated to insert the signature.
-
-*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
-outbound email messages.  It works in coordination with other email
-handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
-putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
-transmission.  Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
-especially interested in trying feedmail.
-
-feedmail is not enabled by default.  See comments at the top of
-feedmail.el for set-up instructions.  Among the bigger features
-provided by feedmail are:
-
-**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
-stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
-there is also a queue for draft messages
-
-**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
-be prompted for confirmation
-
-**** does smart filling of address headers
-
-**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
-the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
-can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
-
-**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
-the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
-/usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
-function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp)
-
-** Dired changes
-
-*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
-files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
-
-*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el.  It allows one to easily
-run Dired on the directory name at point.
-
-*** Dired has a new command: %g.  It searches the contents of
-files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
-for a specified regexp.
-
-** VC Changes
-
-*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
-conveniently.
-
-*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten.  It is now much
-faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
-Dired.
-
-VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
-directory to display.  By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
-listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
-currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
-
-You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
-then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
-vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
-control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
-on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
-
-All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
-is redefined as the version control prefix.  That means you may type
-`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
-the file named in the current Dired buffer line.  `v v' invokes
-`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
-
-The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
-toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
-VC files plus subdirectories).  There is also a special command,
-`* l', to mark all files currently locked.
-
-Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
-ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
-command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
-
-*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
-file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
-session to resolve them.
-
-Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
-resolve conflicts in a file at any time.  It works in any buffer that
-contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
-uses as well).
-
-*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
-command vc-merge (C-x v m).  It is implemented for RCS and CVS.  When
-you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
-either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
-branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
-If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
-using ediff.
-
-** Changes in Font Lock
-
-*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
-are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
-use for highlighting constants and labels.  (Its face properties are
-unchanged.)  The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
-compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
-
-** Frame name display changes
-
-*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
-frame.  You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
-raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
-when many frames are invisible or iconified.
-
-*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
-frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
-menu.
-
-** Comint (subshell) changes
-
-*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
-subjob now also kill pending input.  This is for compatibility
-with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
-
-*** There are new commands in Comint mode.
-
-C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
-that is, the line after the last line you got.
-You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
-
-C-c SPC accumulates lines of input.  More precisely, it arranges to
-send the current line together with the following line, when you send
-the following line.
-
-C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
-which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
-previously sent input.
-
-C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
-it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
-as the search string.
-
-*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
-automatically in compilation-mode windows.
-
-** C mode changes
-
-*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
-and as recognized syntax.  New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
-assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
-definition.
-
-*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
-(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
-Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated.  "gnu"
-style is still the default however.
-
-*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
-
-*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
-are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
-them.  They do not have key bindings by default.
-
-*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
-and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
-
-*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
-namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
-
-*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
-makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
-
-*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
-c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
-
-*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded.  You
-should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
-package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file.  A new
-variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
-
-** Changes to hippie-expand.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
-non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
-which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
-non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
-expanding dynamically.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
-non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
-
-*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
-non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
-this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
-expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
-
-*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
-
-** Changes in BibTeX mode.
-
-*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
-automatic key generation.  This replaces variable
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
-against the first word in the title.
-
-*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
-capitalized words.  To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
-lowerkey characters will still be ignored.  Thus, if you want to use
-lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
-bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
-
-*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
-generation is more flexible.  Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
-replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
-bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
-
-** Changes in vcursor.el.
-
-*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
-and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text.  A
-variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
-entered exactly as if typed.  Numerous functions, including
-`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
-in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
-
-*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
-Editing group once the package is loaded.
-
-*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
-generally a bad side effect.  Use M-x customize to set
-vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behaviour.
-
-*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
-vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
-
-** Ispell changes.
-
-*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
-buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings.  Comments and strings
-are identified by syntax tables in effect.
-
-*** Generic region skipping implemented.
-A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
-and will not be checked.  The definitions of the regions can be user
-defined.  New applications and improvements made available by this
-include:
-
-    o URLs are automatically skipped
-    o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
-
-*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
-
-** Changes to RefTeX mode
-
-RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
-large projects (like a several volume math book).  The parser has been
-re-written from scratch.  To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
-section `Optimizations' in the manual.
-
-*** New recursive parser.
-
-The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
-entire multifile document in order to parse the document.  The new
-recursive parser scans the individual files.
-
-*** Parsing only part of a document.
-
-Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
-partial scans.  To use this feature, read the documentation string of
-the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
-
-    (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
-
-*** Storing parsing information in a file.
-
-This can improve startup times considerably.  To turn it on, use
-
-    (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
-
-*** Using multiple selection buffers
-
-If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
-for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
-
-    (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
-
-*** References to external documents.
-
-The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
-documents.  RefTeX can provide information about the external
-documents as well.  To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
-macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
-RefTeX.  The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
-the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
-The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
-
-*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
-
-The builtin command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
-and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
-
-Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
-the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
-
-*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
-
-The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
-buffers.  See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
-
-*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
-
-The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
-contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
-`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'.  The selection processes
-have a number of new keys predefined.  In particular, TAB lets you
-enter a label with completion.  Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
-at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
-more.
-
-*** Support for the varioref package
-
-The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
-
-*** New hooks
-
-Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
-and citations are created. These hooks are
-`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
-`reftex-format-cite-function'.
-
-*** Citations outside LaTeX
-
-The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
-a mail buffer).  See the Info documentation for details.
-
-*** Short context is no longer fontified.
-
-The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
-fontification from the text in the buffer.  If you prefer it to be
-fontified, use
-
-   (setq reftex-refontify-context t)
-
-** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
-With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
-the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
-directories that contain the same file name.
-
-Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
-Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
-file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
-Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
-have Makefile.  A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
-names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
-directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
-directory.
-
-** New modes and packages
-
-*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
-It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
-it, but some do not.
-
-*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
-code.
-
-*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
-current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
-around in a buffer.
-
-Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
-
-*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees.  The author
-uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
-be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
-established system of notation similar to Chess.
-
-*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
-documentation string checking for style and spelling.  The style
-guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
-
-*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
-available in Emacs.  Some of these functions are wrappers around
-system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
-simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp.  There are also
-functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
-the like.
-
-*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
-identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
-
-*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
-within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
-used in a considerable time.  To use this feature, customize
-the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
-
-*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
-
-  apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
-  samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
-  fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
-  x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
-  hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
-  mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
-  javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
-  vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
-  java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
-  java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
-  mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
-
-  Platform-specific modes:
-
-  prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
-  pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
-  alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
-  inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
-  ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
-  reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
-  bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
-  rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
-  rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
+* Installation change
+ The string "../lisp" now adds to the front of the load-path
+ used for searching for Lisp files during Emacs initialization.
+ It used to replace the path specified in paths.h entirely.
+ Now the directory ../lisp is searched first and the directoris
+ specified in paths.h are searched afterward.
 
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
-
-** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
-use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
-That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
-Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
-
-Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
-you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
-consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
-
-** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
-and using a default value if the key is not found there.  You can
-specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
-searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
-
-** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
-multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
-character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
-environment.
-
-** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
-take two optional arguments.  PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
-string.  SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
-current input method for reading this one event.
-
-** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
-now control whether to output certain characters as
-backslash-sequences.  print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
-non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
-characters.  Both of these variables are used only when printing
-in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
+Changes in Emacs 1.12
+
+* There is a new installation procedure.
+ See the file INSTALL that comes in the top level
+ directory in the tar file or tape.
+
+* The Meta key is now supported on terminals that have it.
+ This is a shift key which causes the high bit to be turned on
+ in all input characters typed while it is held down.
+
+ read-char now returns a value in the range 128-255 if
+ a Meta character is typed.  When interpreted as command
+ input, a Meta character is equivalent to a two character
+ sequence, the meta prefix character followed by the un-metized
+ character (Meta-G unmetized is G).
+
+ The meta prefix character
+ is specified by the value of the variable meta-prefix-char.
+ If this character (normally Escape) has been redefined locally
+ with a non-prefix definition (such as happens in completing
+ minibuffers) then the local redefinition is suppressed when
+ the character is not the last one in a key sequence.
+ So the local redefinition is effective if you type the character
+ explicitly, but not effective if the character comes from
+ the use of the Meta key.
+
+* `-' is no longer a completion command in the minibuffer.
+ It is an ordinary self-inserting character.
+
+* The list load-path of directories load to search for Lisp files
+ is now controlled by the EMACSLOADPATH environment variable
+[[ Note this was originally EMACS-LOAD-PATH and has been changed
+ again; sh does not deal properly with hyphens in env variable names]]
+ rather than the EPATH environment variable.  This is to avoid
+ conflicts with other Emacses.
+
+ While Emacs is being built initially, the load-path
+ is now just ("../lisp"), ignoring paths.h.  It does not
+ ignore EMACSLOADPATH, however; you should avoid having
+ this variable set while building Emacs.
+
+* You can now specify a translation table for keyboard
+ input characters, as a way of exchanging or substituting
+ keys on the keyboard.
+
+ If the value of keyboard-translate-table is a string,
+ every character received from the keyboard is used as an
+ index in that string, and the character at that index in
+ the string is used as input instead of what was actually
+ typed.  If the actual input character is >= the length of
+ the string, it is used unchanged.
+
+ One way this feature can be used is to fix bad keyboard
+ designes.  For example, on some terminals, Delete is 
+ Shift-Underscore.  Since Delete is a more useful character
+ than Underscore, it is an improvement to make the unshifted
+ character Delete and the shifted one Underscore.  This can
+ be done with
+
+  ;; First make a translate table that does the identity translation.
+  (setq keyboard-translate-table (make-string 128 0))
+  (let ((i 0))
+    (while (< i 128)
+      (aset keyboard-translate-table i i)
+      (setq i (1+ i))))
+
+  ;; Now alter translations of some characters.
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\_ ?\^?)
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\^? ?\_)
+
+ If your terminal has a Meta key and can therefore send
+ codes up to 255, Meta characters are translated through
+ elements 128 through 255 of the translate table, and therefore
+ are translated independently of the corresponding non-Meta
+ characters.  You must therefore establish translations
+ independently for the Meta characters if you want them too:
+
+  ;; First make a translate table that does the identity translation.
+  (setq keyboard-translate-table (make-string 256 0))
+  (let ((i 0))
+    (while (< i 256)
+      (aset keyboard-translate-table i i)
+      (setq i (1+ i))))
+
+  ;; Now alter translations of some characters.
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\_ ?\^?)
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\^? ?\_)
+
+  ;; Now alter translations of some Meta characters.
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table (+ 128 ?\_) (+ 128 ?\^?))
+  (aset keyboard-translate-table (+ 128 ?\^?) (+ 128 ?\_))
+
+* (process-kill-without-query PROCESS)
+
+This marks the process so that, when you kill Emacs,
+you will not on its account be queried about active subprocesses.
 
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
-
-** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
-of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
-
-** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
-in Emacs 19 and before.  This means that (forward-char 1)
-always increases point by 1.
-
-The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments.  It is
-considered obsolete.  The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
-
-See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
-
-** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
-Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
-default value changed.  For example,
-
-   (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
-     :type 'integer
-     :group 'foo
-     :version "20.3")
-
-   (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
-     :version "20.3")
-
-If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
-default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
-is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
-`:version' in the top level group.
-
-This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
-
-** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
-starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
-
-However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
-symbol itself, is not an error.  This is for the sake of programs that
-support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
-to themselves.
-
-If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
-this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
-values whatever.
-
-** There is a new debugger command, R.
-It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
-in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
-
-** Frame-local variables.
-
-You can now make a variable local to various frames.  To do this, call
-the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
-local bindings for that variable.
-
-These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
-frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
-modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
-parameter name.
-
-Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
-Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
-active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
-that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
-
-It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
-clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
-very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
-through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
-
-** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
-"symbolic regular expressions."  These are Lisp expressions that, when
-evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps.  The symbolic form
-makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
-See the documentation in sregex.el.
-
-** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
-is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
-parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
-The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
-
-** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
-If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
-
-** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
-known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
-define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
-
-** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
-when the user enters empty input.  It now returns the null string, as
-it did in Emacs 19.  The default value is made available in the
-history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
-
-The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
-return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
-empty input.
-
-** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
-for selecting buffers.  For example, if you set this variable to
-`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
-Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
-`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
-
-** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
-echoing a period for each character typed.  It takes three arguments:
-a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
-default password to use if the user enters nothing.
-
-** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
-specify not to break a line at certain places.  Its value is a
-function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
-place where a break is being considered.  If the function returns
-non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
-
-** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
-If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
-up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
-end of the window, even if this requires computation.
-
-** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
-which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
-If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
-
-** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
-holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
-was directed to display this buffer.
-
-** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
-with `equal'.  Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
-describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
-other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
-set-window-configuration.
-
-** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
-window configurations loosely.  It ignores differences in saved buffer
-positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
-windows and the choice of buffers to display.
-
-** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
-override the key bindings of a minor mode.  The elements of this alist
-look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
-
-If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
-non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
-map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
-
-minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
-and it is meant to be set by major modes.
-
-** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
-except that it discards all text properties from the result.
-
-** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
-USE-FLOATS.  If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
-floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
-
-** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
-to use for creating temporary files.  The default value is determined
-in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
-it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
-
-** Menu changes
-
-*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
-keywords :visible and :filter.  The existing keyword :keys is now
-better supported.
-
-The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
-a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
-you define the menu.  The default is t.  If you rarely use menus, you
-can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
-then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
-
-*** A new format for menu items is supported.
-
-In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
- (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
-defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
-starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
-
-The format is:
- (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
- (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
-where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
-string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
-The supported properties include
-
-:enable FORM      Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
-                  item is enabled.
-:visible FORM     Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
-                  item should appear in the menu.
-:filter FILTER-FN
-                  FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
-                  which will be REAL-BINDING.
-                  It should return a binding to use instead.
-:keys DESCRIPTION
-                  DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
-                  binding for for REAL-BINDING.  DESCRIPTION is expanded with
-                  `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
-:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
-                  KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
-                  keyboard binding.
-:key-sequence nil
-                  This means that the command normally has no
-                  keyboard equivalent.
-:help HELP        HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
-:button (TYPE . SELECTED)
-                  TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
-                  SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
-                  value says whether this button is currently selected.
-
-Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
-Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
-
-(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
-
-** New event types
-
-*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
-mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse).  The event contains a delta that
-corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
-which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom.  The format is:
-
-  (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
-
-where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
-same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
-indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated.  A
-negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
-the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
-forward, away from the user.
-
-As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
-
-*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
-files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
-and dropped onto an Emacs frame.  The event contains a list of
-filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
-loaded into Emacs.  The format is:
-
-  (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
-
-where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
-same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
-that were dragged and dropped.
-
-As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
-
-** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
-
-*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
-any attempt to set it directly signals an error.  The only way
-to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
-
-*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all".  You
-can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
-that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
-
-*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
-in Emacs 19 and before.
-
-The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
-The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
-
-*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
-buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
-unibyte representation.  If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
-representation.  Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
-
-This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
-as a sequence of bytes.  However, it does change the contents
-viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
-one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
-will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
-
-This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
-representation is in use.  It also adjusts various data in the buffer
-(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
-consistent with the new representation.
-
-*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
-representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care
-about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
-however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
-
-The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
-nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
-using the table nonascii-translation-table.
-
-*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
-representation.  Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
-representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
-
-The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
-loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
-is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
-
-*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
-which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
-
-*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
-which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
-
-*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
-portions of two strings.  Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
-so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
-You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
-
-*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
-it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
-
-*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
-convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
-buffer or string being searched.
-
-One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
-[...] to match all non-ASCII characters.  This does still work when
-searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
-searching or matching a multibyte string.  Unfortunately, there is no
-obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job.  But, what
-you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
-expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
-
-*** Structure of coding system changed.
-
-All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
-by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
-which defines the coding system.  Aliases share the same vector
-as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
-vector affects the principal name and its aliases.  You can define
-your own alias name of a coding system by the function
-define-coding-system-alias.
-
-The coding system definition includes a property list of its own.  Use
-the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
-access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
-pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
-character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
-safe-charsets.  For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
-'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
-`iso-8859-1'.
-
-Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
-The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
-coding system can correctly encode and decode.  For instance:
-(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
-
-Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
-also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
-are capable of that coding system.  Though, Emacs itself can encode
-the other character sets and read it back correctly.
-
-*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
-proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
-This function requires a user interaction.
-
-*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
-find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
-select-safe-coding-system.  They return a list of all proper coding
-systems to encode a text in some region or string.  If you don't want
-a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
-select-safe-coding-system.
-
-*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
-decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
-last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
-was done.
-
-*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
-used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
-coding systems used by some specific language environment.
-
-*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
-return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil.  Thus, if only ASCII
-characters are found, they now return a list of single element
-`undecided' or its subsidiaries.
-
-*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
-coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
-coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
-converted.
-
-*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
-coding system for communicating with other X clients.
-
-*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
-character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
-character sets or entire subrows of a character set.  In other words,
-each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
-either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
-range of characters.
-
-*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
-Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
-
-*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
-in the current buffer at position POS.
-
-*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
-input-method-function.  If this is non-nil, its value should be a
-function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
-character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
-event as an argument.  Often this function will read more input, first
-binding input-method-function to nil.
-
-The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
-method processing.  These events will be processed sequentially as
-input, before resorting to unread-command-events.  Events returned by
-the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
-not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
-
-The input method function is not called when reading the second and
-subsequent events of a key sequence.
-
-*** You can customize any language environment by using
-set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
-
-The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
-customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook.  For
-instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
-environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
-exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
+Changes in Emacs 1.11
+
+* The commands C-c and C-z have been interchanged,
+ for greater compatibility with normal Unix usage.
+ C-z now runs suspend-emacs and C-c runs exit-recursive-edit.
+
+* The value returned by file-name-directory now ends
+ with a slash.  (file-name-directory "foo/bar") => "foo/".
+ This avoids confusing results when dealing with files
+ in the root directory.
+
+ The value of the per-buffer variable default-directory
+ is also supposed to have a final slash now.
+
+* There are now variables to control the switches passed to
+ `ls' by the C-x C-d command (list-directory).
+ list-directory-brief-switches is a string, initially "-CF",
+ used for brief listings, and list-directory-verbose-switches
+ is a string, initially "-l", used for verbose ones.
+
+* For Ann Arbor Ambassador terminals, the termcap "ti" string
+ is now used to initialize the screen geometry on entry to Emacs,
+ and the "te" string is used to set it back on exit.
+ If the termcap entry does not define the "ti" or "te" string,
+ Emacs does what it used to do.
 
-* Changes in Emacs 20.1
-
-** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
-options.  It is called M-x customize.  With this facility you can look
-at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
-tree structure.
-
-M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
-user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
-
-With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
-session or permanently.  (Permanent settings are stored automatically
-in your .emacs file.)
-
-** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
-You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
-
-** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
-This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
-
-** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
-immediately afterward.  At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
-kills the region.
-
-The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
-delete the character before point, as usual.
-
-** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
-on terminals which support this.  (You can disable this feature
-by setting search-highlight to nil.)
-
-** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
-insert the default value into the minibuffer as text.  In effect,
-the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
-onto the history "in the future".  (The more normal use of the
-history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
-past.)
-
-** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
-This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
-in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
-TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
-makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
-
-As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
-and is an alias for it.
-
-If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
-use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
-
-** Scrolling changes
-
-*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
-position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
-
-In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
-on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
-where it started.
-
-*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
-move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
-screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
-does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
-
-*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
-top or bottom of a window.  It is a number of screen lines; if point
-comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
-recenters the window.
-
-** International character set support (MULE)
-
-Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
-including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
-Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
-Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts.  These
-features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
-MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
-
-Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
-coding systems for storing files.  Emacs uses a single multibyte
-character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
-variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
-into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
-
-Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
-generally don't have keys for all the characters in them.  So Emacs
-supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
-language, to make it possible to type them.
-
-The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
-character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
-
-The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
-to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
-
-You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
-
-  (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
-
-Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
-characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
-argument, AUTO.  This provides compatibility for people who are
-already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
-characters for their work until they want to change.
-
-*** Input methods
-
-An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
-specifically for interactive input.  In Emacs, typically each language
-has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
-the same characters can share one input method).  Some languages
-support several input methods.
-
-The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
-another alphabet.  This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
-work.
-
-A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
-characters into one letter.  Many European input methods use
-composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
-consists of a letter followed by diacritics.  For example, a' is one
-sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
-letter.
-
-The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
-by conversion.  The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
-First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
-marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
-mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
-
-None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
-they are handled specially.  First you input a whole word using
-phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
-converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
-
-Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
-word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
-typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
-the first guess is wrong.
-
-*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
-turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
-
-If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
-byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
-they did in Emacs 19.34.  This includes the features for support for
-the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
-
-However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
-use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
-includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
-translate automatically to and from either one.
-
-*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
-
-Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
-file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
-sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte.  This is probably not
-what you want.
-
-If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
-example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
-system when reading the file.  This coding system also turns off
-multibyte characters in that buffer.
-
-If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
-character conversion as well.
-
-*** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
-
-A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
-Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
-requires using many fonts.
-
-Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets".  Each fontset is a
-collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
-
-A fontset has a name, like a font.  Individual fonts are defined by
-the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself.  But once you
-have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
-you would use a font.
-
-If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
-specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
-display that character.  It will display an empty box instead.
-
-The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
-(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
-characters).  If another font in the fontset has a different height,
-or the wrong width, then characters assigned to that font are clipped,
-and displayed within a box if highlight-wrong-size-font is non-nil.
-
-*** Defining fontsets.
-
-Emacs does not use any fontset by default.  Its default font is still
-chosen as in previous versions.  You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
-with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
-
-Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
-of standard-fontset-spec.  This fontset's short name is
-`fontset-standard'.  Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
-standard fontset are created automatically.
-
-If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
-argument, a fontset is generated from it.  This works by replacing the
-FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
-with `*' then using this to specify a fontset.  This fontset's short
-name is `fontset-startup'.
-
-Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
-The resource value should have this form:
-        FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
-FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
-        * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
-        * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
-        * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
-The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
-of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
-CHARSET-NAME should be the name name of a character set, and
-FONT-NAME should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
-
-Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
-last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
-You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
-
-For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
-font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME.  For instance, with the
-following resource,
-        Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
-the font for ASCII is generated as below:
-        -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
-Here is the substitution rule:
-    Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
-    defined in the variable x-charset-registries.  For instance, ASCII has
-    the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable.  Then, reduce
-    sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
-    (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
-
-The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
-fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec.  You can also call
-that function explicitly to create a fontset.
-
-With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
-like an actual font name.  But be careful not to specify a fontset
-name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
-fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
-fontsets.
-
-*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
-defaults for a particular choice of language.
-
-Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
-method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
-visiting files.  However, it does not try to reread files you have
-already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected.  The
-language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
-system for new files that you create.
-
-It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
-set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
-whole Emacs session.
-
-For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
-chooses the Latin-1 character set.  In the .emacs file, you can do this
-with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
-
-*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
-specifies the file coding system for the current buffer.  This
-specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
-the file.  As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
-coding systems that Emacs supports.
-
-*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
-lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
-This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
-After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
-is used for *the immediately following command*.
-
-So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
-write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
-
-If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
-then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
-
-For example,  C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
-visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
-
-*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
-construct.  Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
-to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM.  You can also
-specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
-of the file.
-
-*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
-the coding system for terminal output.  If you specify a character
-code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
-translated into that character code.
-
-This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
-various countries to support the languages of those countries.
-
-By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
-
-*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
-the coding system for keyboard input.
-
-Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
-with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
-some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
-
-By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
-
-Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
-input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
-translate into single characters.  However, input methods are designed
-to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
-designed to work with terminals.
-
-*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
-specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
-This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
-has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
-translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
-in the corresponding buffer.
-
-By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
-
-*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
-to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
-It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
-
-*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
-an input method.  If no input method has been selected before, the
-command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
-want to use.
-
-C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
-method.  C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
-
-*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
-layouts commonly used for particular scripts.  How to do this
-remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout.  To specify
-which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
-
-*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
-the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
-related information.
-
-*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
-HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
-scripts.
-
-*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
-information about the support for a particular language.
-You specify the language as an argument.
-
-*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
-the coding system used in the visited file.  It normally follows the
-first dash.
-
-A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
-(except CRLF => newline if appropriate).  `=' means no conversion
-whatsoever.  The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
-1 through 9.  Other coding systems are represented by letters:
-
-    A alternativnyj (Russian)
-    B big5 (Chinese)
-    C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
-    C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
-    D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
-    E euc-japan (Japanese)
-    I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
-    J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv)  (Japanese)
-    K euc-korea (Korean)
-    R koi8 (Russian)
-    Q tibetan
-    S shift_jis (Japanese)
-    T lao
-    T tis620 (Thai)
-    V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
-    i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
-    k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
-    v viqr (Vietnamese)
-    z hz (Chinese)
-
-When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
-two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
-coding system.  These two characters describe the coding system for
-keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
-
-*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
-conversion to use for RMAIL files.  The default value is nil.
-
-When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
-into Emacs' internal format.  This has nothing to do with
-rmail-file-coding-system.  That variable controls reading and writing
-Rmail files themselves.
-
-*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
-conversion for outgoing mail.  The default value is nil.
-
-Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
-for sending mail:
-
-- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
-- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
-- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
-  if that is non-nil.  That comes from your language environment.
-- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
-
-*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
-to specify the language for the tutorial file.  Currently, English,
-Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported.  We welcome additional
-translations.
-
-** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
-of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally.  There is also a command
-insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
-without any conversion.
-
-** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
-You can now specify any number of octal digits.
-RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
-any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
-
-** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
-functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
-
-Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
-Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
-
-Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
-mode.  For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
-
-** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
-complete-symbol.  This command performs completion on the symbol name
-in the buffer before point.
-
-With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
-symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
-you are using.
-
-With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
-just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
-
-** File locking works with NFS now.
-
-The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
-in the same directory as FILENAME.
-
-This means that collision detection between two different machines now
-works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
-can become a bottleneck.
-
-The new method does have drawbacks.  It means that collision detection
-does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
-create new files.  Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
-file server does not support symbolic links.  But these conditions are
-rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
-so useful that the change is worth while.
-
-When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
-are stale.  So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
-collisions.  When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
-tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
-
-** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
-it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el.  Instead you must call
-show-paren-mode.
-
-** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
-selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
-delsel.el.  Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
-
-** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
-within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
-complete.el.  Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
-
-** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
-it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el.  You must also
-set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
-
-** Changes in View mode.
-
-*** Several new commands are available in View mode.
-Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
-
-*** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
-view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
-
-*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
-previous state.
-
-*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
-scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
-
-*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows.  If
-non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
-not just the selected window.
-
-*** New customization variable view-read-only.  If non-nil, visiting a
-read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
-turns View mode on or off.
-
-*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
-how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
-delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
-
-** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
-now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
-
-** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
-has a new feature.  If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
-presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
-which version to compare with.
-
-** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
-blocks if a match is inside the block.
-
-The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
-is outside the block.  By customizing the variable
-isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
-shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
-
-By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
-of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
-blocks, all of them or none.
-
-** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
-current buffer and deletes the selected window.  It asks for
-confirmation first.
-
-** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
-now changes the major mode according to that file name.
-However, the mode will not be changed if
-(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
-(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
-    not suitable for ordinary files, or
-(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
-
-This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
-
-However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
-these commands do not change the major mode.
-
-** M-x occur changes.
-
-*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
-it performs a case-sensitive search.
-
-*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
-if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
-using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
-
-** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
-in just one window at a time.  At first, it is highlighted in the
-window where you set the mark.  The buffer's highlighting remains in
-that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
-buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
-
-** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
-after the command finishes.  The message suggesting key bindings
-appears temporarily in the echo area.  The previous echo area contents
-come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
-
-** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
-selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
-buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
-
-** Outline mode changes.
-
-*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
-
-*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
-
-** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
-you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
-Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
-was already active.
-
-The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
-unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
-get confused by it.
-
-If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
-set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
-
-** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
-
-*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
-conversion.  If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
-character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
-including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
-
-The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
-mixed case.  And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
-copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
-
-*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
-are no longer Lisp expressions.  They have simply three possible
-values.
-
-`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
-case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
-`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
-case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
-
-** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
-certain length.  The variable history-length specifies how long they
-can be.  The default value is 30.
-
-** Changes in Mail mode.
-
-*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
-Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
-composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
-`mail-user-agent'.  The default choice of user agent is
-`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
-behavior.
-
-C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
-compose-mail-other-frame.
-
-*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
-the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
-replying to.  This copies the text which is the selected region in the
-buffer that shows the original message.
-
-*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
-with separator lines around the contents.
-
-*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
-in suitable mail headers.  Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
-definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc).  You do not
-need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
-
-*** New features in the mail-complete command.
-
-**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
-for local users or if that is known.  The variable mail-complete-style
-controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
-Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
-
-**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
-to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
-/etc/passwd.
-
-**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
-to get the list of user ids.  By default, one file is used:
-/etc/passwd.
-
-** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
-special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning.  Thus, if you have a
-directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
-reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
-
-Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
-when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
-be taken to be magic.
-
-** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
-files to search through, and grep to scan them.  The output is
-available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
-
-M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
-(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
-
-** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
-suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
-
-In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
-
-new key         dired.el binding                old key
--------         ----------------                -------
-  * c           dired-change-marks              c
-  * m           dired-mark                      m
-  * *           dired-mark-executables          *  (binding deleted)
-  * /           dired-mark-directories          /  (binding deleted)
-  * @           dired-mark-symlinks             @  (binding deleted)
-  * u           dired-unmark                    u
-  * DEL         dired-unmark-backward           DEL
-  * ?           dired-unmark-all-files          M-C-?
-  * !           dired-unmark-all-marks
-  * %           dired-mark-files-regexp         % m
-  * C-n         dired-next-marked-file          M-}
-  * C-p         dired-prev-marked-file          M-{
-
-** Rmail changes.
-
-*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
-saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
-chosen to make a unique name.  This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
-each time you run it.
-
-*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
-whether to include the line count in the summary.  Non-nil means yes.
-
-*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
-messages) now take repeat counts as arguments.  A negative argument
-means to move in the opposite direction.
-
-*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
-you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
-
-*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
-just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
-It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
-can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
-for output.
-
-** Gnus changes.
-
-*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
-
-*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
-Gnus.
-
-*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
-`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
-
-*** Article washing status can be displayed in the
-article mode line.
-
-*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
-
-*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
-
-(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
-
-*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
-are to be considered home score and adapt files.  See
-`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
-
-*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
-
-*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
-
-*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
-See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
-
-*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
-Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
-used to pick articles.
-
-*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
-another have been added.
-
-    `M-x gnus-change-server'
-
-*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
-generating lines in buffers.
-
-*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
-`M-C-_'.
-
-*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
-
-*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
-
-    (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
-
-*** Scores can be decayed.
-
-    (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
-
-*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header.  The
-Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
-
-*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
-the native server.
-
-   `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
-
-*** A new command for reading collections of documents
-(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `M-C-d'.
-
-*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
-
-*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
-even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
-
-*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
-(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
-
-    Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
-    a group.
-
-*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
-sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
-
-    See the commands under the `T S' submap.
-
-*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
-
-    See the commands under the `G P' submap.
-
-*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
-
-    Use the `Y c' command.
-
-*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
-
-*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
-
-    `M-x nnmail-split-history'
-
-*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
-from incoming mail before saving the mail.
-
-    See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
-
-*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
-
-*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
-the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
-
-        (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
-
-Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
-and show appropriate characters.  (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
-from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
-hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
-this issue.)
-
-Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
-automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
-particular news group.  This can be done by:
-
-        (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
-
-Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
-of newsgroups.  If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
-"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
-system.  CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
-for reading and posting).
-
-CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
-  (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
-Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
-newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
-there.
-
-Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
-default.  Here are some of these default settings:
-
-        (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
-        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
-        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
-        (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
-        (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
-
-When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
-the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
-
-** CC mode changes.
-
-*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
-code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
-values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file.  To do
-this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
-Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
-loaded.
-
-If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
-Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
-style variables have buffer local values.  By default, all buffers
-share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
-c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file.  Note that you
-must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
-
-*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
-of the current buffer.
-
-*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
-it is no longer necessary.  C mode now handles all the supported styles
-of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
-
-*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
-style that the Python developers like.
-
-*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
-This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
-just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
-
-** VC Changes [new]
-
-** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
-name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
-directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
-
-This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
-master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
-developers.
-
-You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
-RET in a buffer visiting that file.
-
-*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
-other developers.  Such files are made read-only by CVS.  To get a
-writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file.  VC then
-calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
-
-*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
-version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
-
-** Calendar changes.
-
-A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or subclasses
-of holidays for ranges of years.  Related menu items allow you do this
-for the year of the selected date, or the following/previous years.
-
-** ps-print changes
-
-There are some new user variables for customizing the page layout.
-
-*** Paper size, paper orientation, columns
-
-The variable `ps-paper-type' determines the size of paper ps-print
-formats for; it should contain one of the symbols:
-`a4' `a3' `letter' `legal' `letter-small' `tabloid'
-`ledger' `statement' `executive' `a4small' `b4' `b5'
-It defaults to `letter'.
-If you need other sizes, see the variable `ps-page-dimensions-database'.
-
-The variable `ps-landscape-mode' determines the orientation
-of the printing on the page.  nil, the default, means "portrait" mode,
-non-nil means "landscape" mode.
-
-The variable `ps-number-of-columns' must be a positive integer.
-It determines the number of columns both in landscape and portrait mode.
-It defaults to 1.
-
-*** Horizontal layout
-
-The horizontal layout is determined by the variables
-`ps-left-margin', `ps-inter-column', and `ps-right-margin'.
-All are measured in points.
-
-*** Vertical layout
-
-The vertical layout is determined by the variables
-`ps-bottom-margin', `ps-top-margin', and `ps-header-offset'.
-All are measured in points.
-
-*** Headers
-
-If the variable `ps-print-header' is nil, no header is printed.  Then
-`ps-header-offset' is not relevant and `ps-top-margin' represents the
-margin above the text.
-
-If the variable `ps-print-header-frame' is non-nil, a gaudy
-framing box is printed around the header.
-
-The contents of the header are determined by `ps-header-lines',
-`ps-show-n-of-n', `ps-left-header' and `ps-right-header'.
-
-The height of the header is determined by `ps-header-line-pad',
-`ps-header-font-family', `ps-header-title-font-size' and
-`ps-header-font-size'.
-
-*** Font managing
-
-The variable `ps-font-family' determines which font family is to be
-used for ordinary text.  Its value must be a key symbol in the alist
-`ps-font-info-database'.  You can add other font families by adding
-elements to this alist.
-
-The variable `ps-font-size' determines the size of the font
-for ordinary text.  It defaults to 8.5 points.
-
-** hideshow changes.
-
-*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
-C++, ; for lisp).
-
-*** Support for java-mode added.
-
-*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
-in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
-
-*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the the comments at
-the beginning of the files.  Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
-way!  This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
-
-*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
-robust and a lot faster.
-
-*** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
-
-*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
-to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden.  See the
-documentation for more details.
-
-** Changes in Enriched mode.
-
-*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
-filled to the current fill-column.  This behavior is now independent
-of the size of the window.  When you save the file, the fill-column in
-use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
-the next time unless the fill-column is different.
-
-*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode.  When it is enabled, Emacs
-distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
-as paragraph boundaries.  Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
-as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
-
-** Font Lock mode
-
-*** Custom support
-
-The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
-font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
-faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
-group font-lock-highlighting-faces.  If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
-your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value.  However, you should
-consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
-
-You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
-
-*** Maximum decoration
-
-Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
-default.  Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
-of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
-supported.  You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
-to get the old behavior.
-
-*** New support
-
-Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
-
-Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
-support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
-
-*** Configurable support
-
-Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
-additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
-c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
-java-font-lock-extra-types.  These value of each of these variables should be a
-list of regexps matching the extra type names.  For example, the default value
-of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
-convention that C type names end in _t.  This results in slower fontification.
-
-Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
-way you wish, typically by adding regexps.  However, these new variables make
-it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
-
-*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
-
-You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
-highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
-for any mode.
-
-For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
-
- (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
-
-in your ~/.emacs.
-
-*** New faces
-
-Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
-font-lock-warning-face.  These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
-distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
-to user attention, respectively.  Various modes now use these new faces.
-
-*** Changes to fast-lock support mode
-
-The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
-cache files silently.  You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
-same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
-
-*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
-
-The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
-according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines.  You can use
-the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature.  If
-non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
-refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time.  If nil, then only
-the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
-Lock mode behaviour and the behaviour of Font Lock mode.
-
-This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
-For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
-this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
-refontified to reflect their new syntactic context.  Previously, only the line
-containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
-the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
-
-As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
-
-Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
-Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
-Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
-new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
-
-If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
-settings.
-
-** Ada mode changes.
-
-*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
-If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
-procedure (modulo overloading).  If a spec has no body file yet, but
-you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
-stubs.
-
-*** There are two new commands:
- - `ada-make-local'   : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
- - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
-
-The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
-`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
-`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
-
-*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode.  The outline level
-is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
-Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
-
-*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
-formatting used in GNAT.  It places two blanks after a comment start,
-places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
-space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
-
-** Scheme mode changes.
-
-*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
-mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
-for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'.  The variables
-with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
-have any effect.
-
-If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
-still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
-scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
-variables as buffer-local variables.
-
-*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
-Use M-x dsssl-mode.
-
-** Changes to the emacsclient program
-
-*** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
-USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
-associated with the name.  That is an emacsclient running as root
-can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
-
-*** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
-it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
-buffer in Emacs.
-
-*** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
-use if Emacs is not running.  The environment variable
-ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
-option takes precedence.
-
-** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
-constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
-(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
-
-** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
-which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
-the current defun.
-
-** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
-following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
-
-** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
-and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
-necessary).
-
-** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
-if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
-these register values no longer become completely useless.
-If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
-asked whether to visit the file again.  If you say yes,
-it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
-
-** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
-example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
-be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
-you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
-
-You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
-variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions.  If a
-file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
-revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
-only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
-
-** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
-since it applies only to the current frame.
-
-** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
-file for tex-file to run TeX on.  (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
-and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
-
-This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
-multiple files.  In each of the included files, you can set up a local
-variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
-tex-main-file.  Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
-instead of just the file you are editing.
-
-** RefTeX mode
-
-RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
-and \cite macros in LaTeX documents.  RefTeX distinguishes labels of
-different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
-multifile documents.  To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
-turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode.  Here are the main user commands:
-
-C-c (    reftex-label
-   Creates a label semi-automatically.  RefTeX is context sensitive and
-   knows which kind of label is needed.
-
-C-c )    reftex-reference
-   Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
-   label definition.  The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
-
-C-c [    reftex-citation
-   Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
-   database entries.  The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
-
-C-c &    reftex-view-crossref
-   Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
-
-C-c =    reftex-toc
-   Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document.  From there you
-   can quickly jump to every section.
-
-Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
-commands.  Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
-Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
-reftex.el.  You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
-C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
-
-** Changes in BibTeX mode.
-
-*** Info documentation is now available.
-
-*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore.  This confused
-both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
-
-*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
-bibtex-user-optional-fields.
-
-*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
-(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
-
-*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
-entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
-appropriate functions.
-
-*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
-entries. They are bound by default to M-C-l and M-C-h.
-
-*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
-been cleaned.
-
-*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
-bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
-
-*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
-shall be delimited.
-
-*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
-bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
-bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
-
-*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
-field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
-prefixed with `ALT'.
-
-*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
-bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
-formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
-documentation).
-
-*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
-documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
-for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
-
-*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
-comma should be inserted at end of last field.
-
-*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
-alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
-signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
-
-*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
-
-*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
-
-*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
-from alien sources.
-
-*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
-to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
-crossref entries.
-
-*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
-region.
-
-*** Added support for imenu.
-
-*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
-of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
-`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
-`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
-
-*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
-from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
-
-** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
-
-** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
-
-** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
-functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
-Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
-as an argument.
-
-When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
-and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
-
-** browse-url changes
-
-*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
-Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
-(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
-non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
-customization variables.
-
-*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
-
-*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
-lines.  Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
-(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
-
-** Changes in Ediff
-
-*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
-pops up the Info file for this command.
-
-*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
-the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
-merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
-directories).
-
-*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
-and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
-files in the same directory.
-
-*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
-The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format.  (The bug
-related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
-
-** Changes in Viper
-
-*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
-*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
-    instead of vip-.
-*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
-*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
-Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
-*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
-*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
-*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
-color when Viper is in insert state.
-*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
-Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
-viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
-
-** Etags changes.
-
-*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
-default.  The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
-Use --no-globals to turn this feature off.  Etags can also tag
-variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
-not by default.  Use --members to turn this feature on.
-
-*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
-
-*** Java is tagged like C++.  In addition, "extends" and "implements"
-constructs are tagged.  Files are recognised by the extension .java.
-
-*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript.  Files are
-recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
-In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
-
-*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code.  The usual C and
-C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
-recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
-methods and protocols.
-
-*** Etags also handles Cobol.  Files are recognised by the extension
-.cobol.  The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
-column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
-paragraph name.
-
-*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep.  The syntax of
-an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
-at least M times and as many as N times.
-
-** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
-in files has changed slightly.
-
-With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
-time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
-This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
-with old time-stamp-format values.
-
-In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
-(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
-This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
-reasons.
-
-In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
-natural width.  (With format-time-string, each format has a
-fixed-width default.)  In this version, you can specify the colon
-(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
-time-stamp-format width default."  Do not use colon if you are
-specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
-
-Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
-case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year.  Digit
-truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
-
-The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs.  New formats are
-being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
-future to be compatible with format-time-string.  The new forms being
-recommended now will continue to work then.
-
-See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
-details.
-
-** There are some additional major modes:
-
-dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
-m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
-meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
-
-** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
-copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
-into Emacs.
-
-** New Lisp packages include:
-
-*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
-
-*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
-be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
-
-*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
-
-*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
-in shell buffers.
-
-*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
-See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
-and `elint-defun'.
-
-*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
-meant for programming constructs.  These abbrevs expand like ordinary
-ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
-strings or comments.
-
-These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
-abbrev for insertion of additional text.  Once you expand the abbrev,
-you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
-insertion points.  Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
-at these points.
-
-*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
-can visit them by short forms of their names.
-
-*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
-Emacs Lisp function at point.
-
-*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
-
-*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
-switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
-
-*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
-
-*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
-
-*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
-
-*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
-from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
-
-*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
-You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
-inserted at point.  M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
-original place after inserting the copy.
-
-*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
-on the buffer.
-
-You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
-velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
-(with mouse-drag-drag).  Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
-
-Enable mouse-drag with:
-    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
--or-
-    (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
-
-*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
-mail waiting to be read in them.  It works with procmail.
-
-*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
-It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
-
-*** ogonek
-
-The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
-Polish diacritic characters in buffers.  Codings known from various
-platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
-TeX.  For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
-ISO8859-2.  Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
-prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
-instance) and vice versa.
-
-To use this package load it using
-    M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
-Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
-    M-x ogonek-jak        -- in Polish
-    M-x ogonek-how        -- in English
-The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
-ways of customization in `.emacs'.
-
-*** Interface to ph.
-
-Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
-
-The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
-services about people.  ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
-these servers.
-
-*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
-
-*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
-You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
-while the real cursor does not move.
-
-*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
-for visiting your favorite web sites.
-
-*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
-so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
-
-** movemail change
-
-Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
-mail retrieval to function properly.  This is because it no longer
-supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
-user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
-
-This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
+Changes in Emacs 1.10
+
+* GNU Emacs has been made almost 1/3 smaller.
+ It now dumps out as only 530kbytes on Vax 4.2bsd.
+
+* The term "checkpoint" has been replaced by "auto save"
+ throughout the function names, variable names and documentation
+ of GNU Emacs.
+
+* The function load now tries appending ".elc" and ".el"
+ to the specified filename BEFORE it tries the filename
+ without change.
+
+* rmail now makes the mode line display the total number
+ of messages and the current message number.
+ The "f" command now means forward a message to another user.
+ The command to search through all messages for a string is now "F".
+ The "u" command now means to move back to the previous
+ message and undelete it.  To undelete the selected message, use Meta-u.
+
+* The hyphen character is now equivalent to a Space while
+ in completing minibuffers.  Both mean to complete an additional word.
+
+* The Lisp function error now takes args like format
+ which are used to construct the error message.
+
+* Redisplay will refuse to start its display at the end of the buffer.
+ It will pick a new place to display from, rather than use that.
+
+* The value returned by garbage-collect has been changed.
+ Its first element is no longer a number but a cons,
+ whose car is the number of cons cells now in use,
+ and whose cdr is the number of cons cells that have been
+ made but are now free.
+ The second element is similar but describes symbols rather than cons cells.
+ The third element is similar but describes markers.
+
+* The variable buffer-name has been eliminated.
+ The function buffer-name still exists.  This is to prevent
+ user programs from changing buffer names without going
+ through the rename-buffer function.
 
-* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
-
-** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
-
-Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
-end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
-Macintosh).  Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
-file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
-file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
-
-To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
-C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
-coding system for the buffer.  Then, when you save the file, the newly
-specified coding system will take effect.  For example, to save with
-LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
-save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
+Changes in Emacs 1.9
+
+* When a fill prefix is in effect, paragraphs are started
+ or separated by lines that do not start with the fill prefix.
+ Also, a line which consists of the fill prefix followed by
+ white space separates paragraphs.
+
+* C-x C-v runs the new function find-alternate-file.
+ It finds the specified file, switches to that buffer,
+ and kills the previous current buffer.  (It requires
+ confirmation if that buffer had changes.)  This is
+ most useful after you find the wrong file due to a typo.
+
+* Exiting the minibuffer moves the cursor to column 0,
+ to show you that it has really been exited.
+
+* Meta-g (fill-region) now fills each paragraph in the
+ region individually.  To fill the region as if it were
+ a single paragraph (for when the paragraph-delimiting mechanism
+ does the wrong thing), use fill-region-as-paragraph.
+
+* Tab in text mode now runs the function tab-to-tab-stop.
+ A new mode called indented-text-mode is like text-mode
+ except that in it Tab runs the function indent-relative,
+ which indents the line under the previous line.
+ If auto fill is enabled while in indented-text-mode,
+ the new lines that it makes are indented.
+
+* Functions kill-rectangle and yank-rectangle.
+ kill-rectangle deletes the rectangle specified by dot and mark
+ (or by two arguments) and saves it in the variable killed-rectangle.
+ yank-rectangle inserts the rectangle in that variable.
+
+ Tab characters in a rectangle being saved are replaced
+ by spaces in such a way that their appearance will
+ not be changed if the rectangle is later reinserted
+ at a different column position.
+
+* `+' in a regular expression now means
+ to repeat the previous expression one or more times.
+ `?' means to repeat it zero or one time.
+ They are in all regards like `*' except for the
+ number of repetitions they match.
+
+ \< in a regular expression now matches the null string
+ when it is at the beginning of a word; \> matches
+ the null string at the end of a word.
+
+* C-x p narrows the buffer so that only the current page
+ is visible.
+
+* C-x ) with argument repeats the kbd macro just
+ defined that many times, counting the definition
+ as one repetition.
+
+* C-x ( with argument begins defining a kbd macro
+ starting with the last one defined.  It executes that
+ previous kbd macro initially, just as if you began
+ by typing it over again.
+
+* C-x q command queries the user during kbd macro execution.
+ With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
+  reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
+  You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
+ Without prefix argument, reads a character.  Your options are:
+  Space -- execute the rest of the macro.
+  Delete -- skip the rest of the macro; start next repetition.
+  C-d -- skip rest of the macro and don't repeat it any more.
+  C-r -- enter a recursive edit, then on exit ask again for a character
+  C-l -- redisplay screen and ask again."
+
+* write-kbd-macro and append-kbd-macro are used to save
+ a kbd macro definition in a file (as Lisp code to
+ redefine the macro when the file is loaded).
+ These commands differ in that write-kbd-macro
+ discards the previous contents of the file.
+ If given a prefix argument, both commands
+ record the keys which invoke the macro as well as the
+ macro's definition.
+
+* The variable global-minor-modes is used to display
+ strings in the mode line of all buffers.  It should be
+ a list of elements thaht are conses whose cdrs are strings
+ to be displayed.  This complements the variable
+ minor-modes, which has the same effect but has a separate
+ value in each buffer.
+
+* C-x = describes horizontal scrolling in effect, if any.
+
+* Return now auto-fills the line it is ending, in auto fill mode.
+ Space with zero as argument auto-fills the line before it
+ just like Space without an argument.
 
-* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
-
-** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
-Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19.  And
-vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
-Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
-
-** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
-to start with w32- instead of win32-.
-
-In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise.  We
-don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
-"win".
-
-** Basic Lisp changes
-
-*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
-evaluates to itself.  Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
-
-*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed.  It should now
-be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
-or by the user.
-
-The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
-
-*** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
-
-(when CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
-(unless CONDITION BODY...)  is short for  (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
-
-*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
-usual Lisp meanings.  For example, caar returns the car of the car of
-its argument.
-
-*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
-
-*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
-
-*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
-
-*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
-error if the integer is not a valid character code.  These primitives
-include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
-`format' function.
-
-*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
-or .elc, to the file name.  Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
-whose name is just foo.  It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
-
-*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
-either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
-adding one of these suffixes.
-
-*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
-which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
-If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
-
-We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
-because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
-
-*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
-
-*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
-You must load the `cl' library to define it.
-
-*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
-conveniently with a different current buffer.  It looks like this:
-
-  (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
-
-BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
-BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
-
-*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
-choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
-restoring the value of point or the mark.  `with-current-buffer'
-works using `save-current-buffer'.
-
-*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
-write the output to a specified file.  Like `progn', it returns the value
-of the last form.
-
-*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
-which is discarded after use.  Like `progn', it returns the value of the
-last form.  If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
-as the last form.
-
-*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
-characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
-matches.
-
-For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
-
-*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
-with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
-Then it returns that string.
-
-For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
-
-(with-output-to-string
-  (princ "The buffer is ")
-  (princ (buffer-name)))
-
-returns "The buffer is foo".
-
-** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
-is non-nil.
-
-These characters have character codes above 256.  When inserted in the
-buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
-characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
-
-*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
-a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
-
-Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
-character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
-Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
-position by 2, 3 or 4.  The function forward-char moves by whole
-characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
-  (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
-
-ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
-Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
-non-ASCII characters.  These sequences are called "multibyte
-characters".
-
-The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
-through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237).  These values are called
-"leading codes".  The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
-range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377).  The first byte, the
-leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
-
-*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
-(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
-multibyte character.  Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
-character, which may be more than one buffer position.
-
-This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
-always one buffer position, need to be changed.
-
-However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
-
-*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
-because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
-have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377.  However,
-the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
-guaranteed.
-
-*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
-between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
-character).
-
-When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
-
- 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
- 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
- 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
- 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
- 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
-
-*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
-
-*** Strings can contain multibyte characters.  The function
-`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
-more than the number of characters.
-
-You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
-it literally.  You can also represent it with a hex escape,
-\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary.  Any character which
-is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct.  If you want to
-follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
-newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
-
-*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
-and returns a string containing those characters.
-
-*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
-(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX.  INDEX
-counts from zero.  If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
-character, sref signals an error.
-
-*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
-in a string.  This is less than the length of the string, if the
-string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
-
-*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
-in a region from BEG to END.  This is less than (- END BEG) if the
-region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
-
-*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
-the characters in it.  string-to-vector converts a string
-to a vector of the characters in it.
-
-*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
-of a string.  You call it as follows:
-
-   (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
-
-This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
-STRING.  OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
-This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
-Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
-it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
-
-*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
-if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
-
-*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
-if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
-
-*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
-to fit within a certain number of columns.  (Of course, it does
-not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
-which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
-
-(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
-
-This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
-
-The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
-If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
-are not included in the resulting value.
-
-The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
-at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
-WIDTH columns.  If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
-is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
-
-If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
-place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
-character extends across that column), then the padding character
-PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
-string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
-column START-COLUMN.
-
-*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
-the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
-necessarily the number of characters.  It is, in effect, the
-difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
-changed text, before the change.
-
-*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
-sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol.  In general there is
-one character set for each script, not for each language.
-
-**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
-
-**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
-
-**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
-set that the character belongs to.  (The value is a symbol.)
-
-**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
-name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
-which identify the character within that character set.
-
-**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
-byte-values, constructs a character code.  This is roughly the
-opposite of split-char.
-
-**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
-of all the characters between BEG and END.
-
-**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
-of all the characters in a string.
-
-*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
-and specifying coding systems.
-
-**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
-system names (symbols).  With optional argument t, it returns a list
-of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
-(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
-and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
-as what to do about code conversion.)
-
-**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
-name.  It returns t if so, nil if not.
-
-**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
-for certain file names.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
-except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
-
-Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
-which file names the element applies to.  PATTERN should be a regexp
-to match against a file name.
-
-VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
-a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
-decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
-to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
-systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
-specifies the coding system for encoding.
-
-If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
-or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
-
-**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
-the coding system to use for network sockets.
-
-Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
-which network sockets the element applies to.  PATTERN should be
-either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
-service names.
-
-VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
-a function symbol.  If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
-decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
-to the network stream.  If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
-systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
-specifies the coding system for encoding.
-
-If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
-or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
-
-**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
-for certain subprocess.  It works like network-coding-system-alist,
-except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
-start the subprocess.
-
-**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
-systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
-when nothing else specifies what to do.  The value is a cons cell
-(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING).  OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
-to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
-
-**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
-coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
-subprocess.
-
-It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
-but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
-start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
-connection permanently or until overridden.
-
-The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
-file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
-network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
-coding system for output.  But most of the time this variable is nil.
-It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
-system for one operation at a time.
-
-**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
-files, subprocesses or network connections.
-
-**** The function process-coding-system tells you what
-coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
-The value is a cons cell,
- (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
-where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
-the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
-input to the subprocess.
-
-**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
-change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
-
-** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
-customization options.  To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
-you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
-
-You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
-variable.  The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
-information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
-legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
-customization.
-
-Thus, instead of writing
-
-    (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
-      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
-
-you would now write this:
-
-    (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
-      "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
-      :type 'boolean
-      :group foo)
-
-The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
-two meaningful states: nil and non-nil.  Other type values
-describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
-for a description of them.
-
-The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
-should belong to.  You define a new group like this:
-
-    (defgroup ispell nil
-      "Spell checking using Ispell."
-      :group 'processes)
-
-The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group.  The root
-group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
-but only other groups.  The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
-to the keywords used by C-h p.  Under these subgroups come
-second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
-
-Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups.  A simple
-package should have just one group; a more complex package should
-have a hierarchy of its own groups.  The sole or root group of a
-package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
-first-level subgroups.
-
-** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
-
-This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
-separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
-
-** easy-mmode
-
-The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
-developing minor modes easier.  Roughly, the programmer has to code
-only the functionality of the minor mode.  All the rest--toggles,
-predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
-`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation).  See also
-`easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
-
-** Text property changes
-
-*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
-text property.
-
-*** The new functions next-char-property-change and
-previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
-place where either a text property or an overlay might change.  The
-functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT.  POSITION is the
-starting position for the scan.  LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
-
-If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT.  If
-LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
-of the buffer.  If no property change is found, the value is the
-position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
-
-*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
-value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap.  This
-is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
-
-** Changes in invisibility features
-
-*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
-hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
-is inside that portion of the buffer.  To enable this the overlay
-should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
-would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
-make the overlay visible.
-
-During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
-invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
-needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
-which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
-the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
-t when it should hide it.
-
-*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
-
-Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
-invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
-and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
-Use  `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
-manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
-Here is an example of how to do this:
-
- ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
- (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
- ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
- (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
-
-  ...
- (overlay-put  (make-overlay beginning end)  'invisible 'my-symbol)
-
- ...
- ;; When done with the overlays:
- (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
- ;; Or respectively:
- (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
-
-** Changes in syntax parsing.
-
-*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
-`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
-obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
-`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
-
-If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
-is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
-used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
-
-When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
-character in the buffer is calculated thus:
-
-        a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
-           is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
-
-           Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
-           syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
-           a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
-
-        b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
-           is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
-           (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
-           determine the syntax type of the character.
-
-        c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
-           of the current buffer.
-
-*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
-value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'.  The details are the same as
-for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
-
-*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
-and 15).  A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
-only by another character with the same code (unless quoted).  A
-character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
-another character with the same code (unless quoted).
-
-These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
-text property.
-
-*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
-arg COMMENTSTOP.  If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
-of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
-
-*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
-(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
-element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
-nil if none.  The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
-string/comment is started by a "!"  or "|" syntax-code.
-
-*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
-syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
-`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
-
-** Changes in face features
-
-*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
-if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
-
-*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
-of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
-
-*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
-set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
-
-*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
-set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
-
-*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
-by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
-and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
-the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
-overlay property).
-
-This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
-arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
-
-** Changes in file-handling functions
-
-*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
-directory name from the beginning of the file name.  In other words,
-they no longer do anything special with // or /~.  That conversion
-is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
-
-This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
-begins with ~.
-
-*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
-it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
-
-*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
-the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
-
-*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
-as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
-
-*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
-character code conversion as well as other things.
-
-Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
-(formerly it did not).
-
-*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
-environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
-
-*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
-instead of constant strings.
-
-*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially.  It used
-to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
-any `//' or `/~' sequence.  Now it passes them straight through.
-
-substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
-in the same way as before.
-
-*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
-The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
-which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
-
-*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
-error if that fails.  If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
-else, and returns nil.
-
-*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
-directory cannot be listed.
-
-** Changes in minibuffer input
-
-*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
-read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
-additional argument which specifies the default value.  If this
-argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
-ways:
-
-  It is returned if the user enters empty input.
-  It is available through the history command M-n.
-
-*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
-read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
-argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.  If this is non-nil, then the
-minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
-enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
-
-In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
-argument in this way.
-
-*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
-from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
-minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
-
-** Echo area features
-
-*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
-echo-area-clear-hook.  Note that the echo area can be used while the
-minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
-after the echo area is cleared.
-
-*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
-in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
-
-** Keyboard input features
-
-*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
-set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
-
-*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
-received so far from the terminal.  It does not count those generated
-by keyboard macros.
-
-** Frame-related changes
-
-*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
-creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
-hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
-
-*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
-the window configuration has changed.  The frame whose configuration
-has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
-
-*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
-selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
-value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
-in the selected frame.
-
-*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
-is now `left', `right' or nil.  A non-nil value specifies
-which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
-
-** X Windows features
-
-*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
-x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource.  The usual value of
-x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
-
-*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
-The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
-
-*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
-MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
-A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
-
-If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
-it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
-
-** Subprocess features
-
-*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
-functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
-automatically.
-
-*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
-and returns the output from the command as a string.
-
-*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
-and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
-
-** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
-does clear the variable to nil.  The documentation was wrong before.
-
-** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
-at the end of the keymap.  If the keymap is a menu, this means it
-goes after the other menu items.
-
-** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
-of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
-around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
-are in use.
-
-The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
-series of several changes--if that seems safe.
-
-Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
-after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
-form.
-
-** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
-is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
-but its hook is still run.
-
-** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
-for errors that are handled by condition-case.
-
-If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
-regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition.  This is
-useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
-
-This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways.  Errors that
-are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
-filters, will instead invoke the debugger.  So don't say you weren't
-warned.
-
-** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
-way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
+Changes in Emacs 1.8
 
-** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
-integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
-functions like display-time.
+This release mostly fixes bugs.  There are a few new features:
 
-** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
-name of a Lisp library.  This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
+* apropos now sorts the symbols before displaying them.
+ Also, it returns a list of the symbols found.
 
-** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
-can be used from Lisp.  Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
-is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
+ apropos now accepts a second arg PRED which should be a function
+ of one argument; if PRED is non-nil, each symbol is tested
+ with PRED and only symbols for which PRED returns non-nil
+ appear in the output or the returned list.
 
-** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
-if there is an error in compilation.
+ If the third argument to apropos is non-nil, apropos does not
+ display anything; it merely returns the list of symbols found.
 
-** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
-switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
-argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer.  If it is non-nil,
-they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
+ C-h a now runs the new function command-apropos rather than
+ apropos, and shows only symbols with definitions as commands.
 
-** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
-Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
-the *scratch* buffer.
+* M-x shell sends the command 
+    if (-f ~/.emacs_NAME)source ~/.emacs_NAME
+ invisibly to the shell when it starts.  Here NAME
+ is replaced by the name of shell used,
+ as it came from your ESHELL or SHELL environment variable
+ but with directory name, if any, removed.
 
-** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
-The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN.  This function can be used
-where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
-e.g., in Font Lock mode.
-
-** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
-and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
-It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
-
-** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
-using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
-variable mail-user-agent).  It has variants compose-mail-other-window
-and compose-mail-other-frame.
-
-** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
-can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name).  The
-full name of the specified user will be returned.
-
-** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
-of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
-where to find it.  They should load the profile of the user name found
-in that variable.  If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
-option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
-files at all.
-
-** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
-and type of padding.  This works as in printf: you write the field
-width as digits in the middle of a %-construct.  If you start
-the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
-
-For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
-minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
-with spaces to 3 positions.  Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
-is how %S normally pads to two positions.
-
-** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
-
-** imenu.el changes.
-
-You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
-item from menu created by imenu.
-
-An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
-#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
-select one of those items.
+* M-, now runs the command tags-loop-continue, which is used
+ to resume a terminated tags-search or tags-query-replace.
 
-* Emacs 19.34 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
+Changes in Emacs 1.7
+
+It's Beat CCA Week.
+
+* The initial buffer is now called "*scratch*" instead of "scratch",
+ so that all buffer names used automatically by Emacs now have *'s.
+
+* Undo information is now stored separately for each buffer.
+ The Undo command (C-x u) always applies to the current
+ buffer only.
+
+ C-_ is now a synonym for C-x u.
+
+ (buffer-flush-undo BUFFER) causes undo information not to
+ be kept for BUFFER, and frees the space that would have
+ been used to hold it.  In any case, no undo information is
+ kept for buffers whose names start with spaces.  (These
+ buffers also do not appear in the C-x C-b display.)
+
+* Rectangle operations are now implemented.
+ C-x r stores the rectangle described by dot and mark
+ into a register; it reads the register name from the keyboard.
+ C-x g, the command to insert the contents of a register,
+ can be used to reinsert the rectangle elsewhere.
+
+ Other rectangle commands include
+  open-rectangle:
+    insert a blank rectangle in the position and size
+    described by dot and mark, at its corners;
+    the existing text is pushed to the right.
+  clear-rectangle:
+    replace the rectangle described by dot ane mark
+    with blanks.  The previous text is deleted.
+  delete-rectangle:
+    delete the text of the specified rectangle,
+    moving the text beyond it on each line leftward.
+
+* Side-by-side windows are allowed.  Use C-x 5 to split the
+ current window into two windows side by side.
+ C-x } makes the selected window ARG columns wider at the
+ expense of the windows at its sides.  C-x { makes the selected
+ window ARG columns narrower.  An argument to C-x 5 specifies
+ how many columns to give to the leftmost of the two windows made.
+
+ C-x 2 now accepts a numeric argument to specify the number of
+ lines to give to the uppermost of the two windows it makes.
+
+* Horizontal scrolling of the lines in a window is now implemented.
+ C-x < (scroll-left) scrolls all displayed lines left,
+ with the numeric argument (default 1) saying how far to scroll.
+ When the window is scrolled left, some amount of the beginning
+ of each nonempty line is replaced by an "$".
+ C-x > scrolls right.  If a window has no text hidden at the left
+ margin, it cannot be scrolled any farther right than that.
+ When nonzero leftwards scrolling is in effect in a window.
+ lines are automatically truncated at the window's right margin
+ regardless of the value of the variable truncate-lines in the
+ buffer being displayed.
+
+* C-x C-d now uses the default output format of `ls',
+ which gives just file names in multiple columns.
+ C-u C-x C-d passes the -l switch to `ls'.
+
+* C-t at the end of a line now exchanges the two preceding characters.
+
+ All the transpose commands now interpret zero as an argument
+ to mean to transpose the textual unit after or around dot
+ with the one after or around the mark.
+
+* M-! executes a shell command in an inferior shell
+ and displays the output from it.  With a prefix argument,
+ it inserts the output in the current buffer after dot
+ and sets the mark after the output.  The shell command
+ gets /dev/null as its standard input.
+
+ M-| is like M-! but passes the contents of the region
+ as input to the shell command.  A prefix argument makes
+ the output from the command replace the contents of the region.
+
+* The mode line will now say "Def" after the major mode
+ while a keyboard macro is being defined.
+
+* The variable fill-prefix is now used by Meta-q.
+ Meta-q removes the fill prefix from lines that start with it
+ before filling, and inserts the fill prefix on each line
+ after filling.
+
+ The command C-x . sets the fill prefix equal to the text
+ on the current line before dot.
+
+* The new command Meta-j (indent-new-comment-line),
+ is like Linefeed (indent-new-line) except when dot is inside a comment;
+ in that case, Meta-j inserts a comment starter on the new line,
+ indented under the comment starter above.  It also inserts
+ a comment terminator at the end of the line above,
+ if the language being edited calls for one.
+
+* Rmail should work correctly now, and has some C-h m documentation.
 
-* Changes in Emacs 19.33.
-
-** Bibtex mode no longer turns on Auto Fill automatically.  (No major
-mode should do that--it is the user's choice.)
-
-** The variable normal-auto-fill-function specifies the function to
-use for auto-fill-function, if and when Auto Fill is turned on.
-Major modes can set this locally to alter how Auto Fill works.
+Changes in Emacs 1.6
+
+* save-buffers-kill-emacs is now on C-x C-c
+ while C-x C-z does suspend-emacs.  This is to make
+ C-x C-c like the normal Unix meaning of C-c
+ and C-x C-z linke the normal Unix meaning of C-z.
+
+* M-ESC (eval-expression) is now a disabled command by default.
+ This prevents users who type ESC ESC accidentally from
+ getting confusing results.  Put
+    (put 'eval-expression 'disabled nil)
+ in your ~/.emacs file to enable the command.
+
+* Self-inserting text is grouped into bunches for undoing.
+ Each C-x u command undoes up to 20 consecutive self-inserting
+ characters.
+
+* Help f now uses as a default the function being called
+ in the innermost Lisp expression that dot is in.
+ This makes it more convenient to use while writing
+ Lisp code to run in Emacs.
+ (If the text around dot does not appear to be a call
+ to a Lisp function, there is no default.)
+
+ Likewise, Help v uses the symbol around or before dot
+ as a default, if that is a variable name.
+
+* Commands that read filenames now insert the default
+ directory in the minibuffer, to become part of your input.
+ This allows you to see what the default is.
+ You may type a filename which goes at the end of the
+ default directory, or you may edit the default directory
+ as you like to create the input you want to give.
+ You may also type an absolute pathname (starting with /)
+ or refer to a home directory (input starting with ~)
+ after the default; the presence of // or /~ causes
+ everything up through the slash that precedes your
+ type-in to be ignored.
+
+ Returning the default directory without change,
+ including the terminating slash, requests the use
+ of the default file name (usually the visited file's name).
+
+ Set the variable insert-default-directory to nil
+ to turn off this feature.
+
+* M-x shell now uses the environment variable ESHELL,
+ if it exists, as the file name of the shell to run.
+ If there is no ESHELL variable, the SHELL variable is used.
+ This is because some shells do not work properly as inferiors
+ of Emacs (or anything like Emacs).
+
+* A new variable minor-modes now exists, with a separate value
+ in each buffer.  Its value should be an alist of elements
+ (MODE-FUNCTION-SYMBOL . PRETTY-NAME-STRING), one for each
+ minor mode that is turned on in the buffer.  The pretty
+ name strings are displayed in the mode line after the name of the
+ major mode (with spaces between them).  The mode function
+ symbols should be symbols whose function definitions will
+ turn on the minor mode if given 1 as an argument; they are present
+ so that Help m can find their documentation strings.
+
+* The format of tag table files has been changed.
+ The new format enables Emacs to find tags much faster.
+
+ A new program, etags, exists to make the kind of
+ tag table that Emacs wants.  etags is invoked just
+ like ctags; in fact, if you give it any switches,
+ it does exactly what ctags would do.  Give it the
+ empty switch ("-") to make it act like ctags with no switches.
+
+ etags names the tag table file "TAGS" rather than "tags",
+ so that these tag tables and the standard Unix ones
+ can coexist.
+
+ The tags library can no longer use standard ctags-style
+ tag tables files.
+
+* The file of Lisp code Emacs reads on startup is now
+ called ~/.emacs rather than ~/.emacs_pro.
+
+* copy-file now gives the copied file the same mode bits
+ as the original file.
+
+* Output from a process inserted into the process's buffer
+ no longer sets the buffer's mark.  Instead it sets a
+ marker associated with the process to point to the end
+ of the inserted text.  You can access this marker with
+    (process-mark PROCESS)
+ and then either examine its position with marker-position
+ or set its position with set-marker.
+
+* completing-read takes a new optional fifth argument which,
+ if non-nil, should be a string of text to insert into
+ the minibuffer before reading user commands.
+
+* The Lisp function elt now exists:
+ (elt ARRAY N) is like (aref ARRAY N),
+ (elt LIST N) is like (nth N LIST).
+
+* rplaca is now a synonym for setcar, and rplacd for setcdr.
+ eql is now a synonym for eq; it turns out that the Common Lisp
+ distinction between eq and eql is insignificant in Emacs.
+ numberp is a new synonym for integerp.
+
+* auto-save has been renamed to auto-save-mode.
+
+* Auto save file names for buffers are now created by the
+ function make-auto-save-file-name.  This is so you can
+ redefine that function to change the way auto save file names
+ are chosen.
+
+* expand-file-name no longer discards a final slash.
+    (expand-file-name "foo" "/lose") => "/lose/foo"
+    (expand-file-name "foo/" "/lose") => "/lose/foo/"
+
+ Also, expand-file-name no longer substitutes $ constructs.
+ A new function substitute-in-file-name does this.  Reading
+ a file name with read-file-name or the `f' or`F' option
+ of interactive calling uses substitute-in-file-name
+ on the file name that was read and returns the result.
+
+ All I/O primitives including insert-file-contents and
+ delete-file call expand-file-name on the file name supplied.
+ This change makes them considerably faster in the usual case.
+
+* Interactive calling spec strings allow the new code letter 'D'
+ which means to read a directory name.  It is like 'f' except
+ that the default if the user makes no change in the minibuffer
+ is to return the current default directory rather than the
+ current visited file name.
 
-* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.32
-
-** C-x f with no argument now signals an error.
-To set the fill column at the current column, use C-u C-x f.
-
-** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
-conversion.  If you type the abbreviation with mixed case, and it
-matches the beginning of the expansion including case, then the
-expansion is copied verbatim.  Using SPC M-/ to copy an additional
-word always copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is
-all caps.
-
-** On a non-windowing terminal, which can display only one Emacs frame
-at a time, creating a new frame with C-x 5 2 also selects that frame.
-
-When using a display that can show multiple frames at once, C-x 5 2
-does make the frame visible, but does not select it.  This is the same
-as in previous Emacs versions.
-
-** You can use C-x 5 2 to create multiple frames on MSDOS, just as on a
-non-X terminal on Unix.  Of course, only one frame is visible at any
-time, since your terminal doesn't have the ability to display multiple
-frames.
-
-** On Windows, set win32-pass-alt-to-system to a non-nil value
-if you would like tapping the Alt key to invoke the Windows menu.
-This feature is not enabled by default; since the Alt key is also the
-Meta key, it is too easy and painful to activate this feature by
-accident.
-
-** The command apply-macro-to-region-lines repeats the last defined
-keyboard macro once for each complete line within the current region.
-It does this line by line, by moving point to the beginning of that
-line and then executing the macro.
-
-This command is not new, but was never documented before.
-
-** You can now use Mouse-1 to place the region around a string constant
-(something surrounded by doublequote characters or other delimiter
-characters of like syntax) by double-clicking on one of the delimiting
-characters.
-
-** Font Lock mode
-
-*** Font Lock support modes
-
-Font Lock can be configured to use Fast Lock mode and Lazy Lock mode (see
-below) in a flexible way.  Rather than adding the appropriate function to the
-hook font-lock-mode-hook, you can use the new variable font-lock-support-mode
-to control which modes have Fast Lock mode or Lazy Lock mode turned on when
-Font Lock mode is enabled.
-
-For example, to use Fast Lock mode when Font Lock mode is turned on, put:
-
- (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
-
-in your ~/.emacs.
-
-*** lazy-lock
-
-The lazy-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by making fontification occur
-only when necessary, such as when a previously unfontified part of the buffer
-becomes visible in a window.  When you create a buffer with Font Lock mode and
-Lazy Lock mode turned on, the buffer is not fontified.  When certain events
-occur (such as scrolling), Lazy Lock makes sure that the visible parts of the
-buffer are fontified.  Lazy Lock also defers on-the-fly fontification until
-Emacs has been idle for a given amount of time.
-
-To use this package, put in your ~/.emacs:
-
- (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
-
-To control the package behaviour, see the documentation for `lazy-lock-mode'.
-
-** Changes in BibTeX mode.
-
-*** For all entries allow spaces and tabs between opening brace or
-paren and key.
-
-*** Non-escaped double-quoted characters (as in `Sch"of') are now
-supported.
-
-** Gnus changes.
-
-Gnus, the Emacs news reader, has undergone further rewriting.  Many new
-commands and variables have been added.  There should be no
-significant incompatibilities between this Gnus version and the
-previously released version, except in the message composition area.
-
-Below is a list of the more user-visible changes.  Coding changes
-between Gnus 5.1 and 5.2 are more extensive.
-
-*** A new message composition mode is used.  All old customization
-variables for mail-mode, rnews-reply-mode and gnus-msg are now
-obsolete.
-
-*** Gnus is now able to generate "sparse" threads -- threads where
-missing articles are represented by empty nodes.
-
-    (setq gnus-build-sparse-threads 'some)
-
-*** Outgoing articles are stored on a special archive server.
-
-    To disable this:  (setq gnus-message-archive-group nil)
-
-*** Partial thread regeneration now happens when articles are
-referred.
-
-*** Gnus can make use of GroupLens predictions:
-
-    (setq gnus-use-grouplens t)
-
-*** A trn-line tree buffer can be displayed.
-
-    (setq gnus-use-trees t)
-
-*** An nn-like pick-and-read minor mode is available for the summary
-buffers.
-
-    (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode)
-
-*** In binary groups you can use a special binary minor mode:
-
-    `M-x gnus-binary-mode'
-
-*** Groups can be grouped in a folding topic hierarchy.
-
-    (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode)
-
-*** Gnus can re-send and bounce mail.
-
-    Use the `S D r' and `S D b'.
-
-*** Groups can now have a score, and bubbling based on entry frequency
-is possible.
+Changes in Emacs 1.5
 
-    (add-hook 'gnus-summary-exit-hook 'gnus-summary-bubble-group)
+* suspend-emacs now accepts an optional argument
+ which is a string to be stuffed as terminal input
+ to be read by Emacs's superior shell after Emacs exits.
 
-*** Groups can be process-marked, and commands can be performed on
-groups of groups.
+ A library called ledit exists which uses this feature
+ to transmit text to a Lisp job running as a sibling of
+ Emacs.
 
-*** Caching is possible in virtual groups.
+* If find-file is given the name of a directory,
+ it automatically invokes dired on that directory
+ rather than reading in the binary data that make up
+ the actual contents of the directory according to Unix.
 
-*** nndoc now understands all kinds of digests, mail boxes, rnews news
-batches, ClariNet briefs collections, and just about everything else.
+* Saving an Emacs buffer now preserves the file modes
+ of any previously existing file with the same name.
+ This works using new Lisp functions file-modes and
+ set-file-modes, which can be used to read or set the mode
+ bits of any file.
 
-*** Gnus has a new backend (nnsoup) to create/read SOUP packets.
+* The Lisp function  cond  now exists, with its traditional meaning.
 
-*** The Gnus cache is much faster.
-
-*** Groups can be sorted according to many criteria.
-
-    For instance: (setq gnus-group-sort-function 'gnus-group-sort-by-rank)
-
-*** New group parameters have been introduced to set list-address and
-expiration times.
-
-*** All formatting specs allow specifying faces to be used.
-
-*** There are several more commands for setting/removing/acting on
-process marked articles on the `M P' submap.
-
-*** The summary buffer can be limited to show parts of the available
-articles based on a wide range of criteria.  These commands have been
-bound to keys on the `/' submap.
-
-*** Articles can be made persistent -- as an alternative to saving
-articles with the `*' command.
-
-*** All functions for hiding article elements are now toggles.
-
-*** Article headers can be buttonized.
-
-    (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head)
-
-*** All mail backends support fetching articles by Message-ID.
-
-*** Duplicate mail can now be treated properly.  See the
-`nnmail-treat-duplicates' variable.
-
-*** All summary mode commands are available directly from the article
-buffer.
-
-*** Frames can be part of `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
-
-*** Mail can be re-scanned by a daemonic process.
-
-*** Gnus can make use of NoCeM files to filter spam.
-
-    (setq gnus-use-nocem t)
-
-*** Groups can be made permanently visible.
-
-    (setq gnus-permanently-visible-groups "^nnml:")
-
-*** Many new hooks have been introduced to make customizing easier.
-
-*** Gnus respects the Mail-Copies-To header.
-
-*** Threads can be gathered by looking at the References header.
-
-    (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function
-          'gnus-gather-threads-by-references)
-
-*** Read articles can be stored in a special backlog buffer to avoid
-refetching.
-
-    (setq gnus-keep-backlog 50)
-
-*** A clean copy of the current article is always stored in a separate
-buffer to allow easier treatment.
-
-*** Gnus can suggest where to save articles.  See `gnus-split-methods'.
-
-*** Gnus doesn't have to do as much prompting when saving.
-
-    (setq gnus-prompt-before-saving t)
-
-*** gnus-uu can view decoded files asynchronously while fetching
-articles.
-
-    (setq gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions 'gnus-uu-grab-view)
-
-*** Filling in the article buffer now works properly on cited text.
-
-*** Hiding cited text adds buttons to toggle hiding, and how much
-cited text to hide is now customizable.
-
-    (setq gnus-cited-lines-visible 2)
-
-*** Boring headers can be hidden.
-
-    (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-hide-boring-headers)
-
-*** Default scoring values can now be set from the menu bar.
-
-*** Further syntax checking of outgoing articles have been added.
-
-The Gnus manual has been expanded.  It explains all these new features
-in greater detail.
+* defvar and defconst now permit the documentation string
+ to be omitted.  defvar also permits the initial value
+ to be omitted; then it acts only as a comment.
 
-* Lisp Changes in Emacs 19.32
-
-** The function set-visited-file-name now accepts an optional
-second argument NO-QUERY.  If it is non-nil, then the user is not
-asked for confirmation in the case where the specified file already
-exists.
-
-** The variable print-length applies to printing vectors and bitvectors,
-as well as lists.
-
-** The new function keymap-parent returns the parent keymap
-of a given keymap.
-
-** The new function set-keymap-parent specifies a new parent for a
-given keymap.  The arguments are KEYMAP and PARENT.  PARENT must be a
-keymap or nil.
-
-** Sometimes menu keymaps use a command name, a symbol, which is really
-an automatically generated alias for some other command, the "real"
-name.  In such a case, you should give that alias symbol a non-nil
-menu-alias property.  That property tells the menu system to look for
-equivalent keys for the real name instead of equivalent keys for the
-alias.
+Changes in Emacs 1.4
+
+* Auto-filling now normally indents the new line it creates
+ by calling indent-according-to-mode.  This function, meanwhile,
+ has in Fundamental and Text modes the effect of making the line
+ have an indentation of the value of left-margin, a per-buffer variable.
+
+ Tab no longer precisely does indent-according-to-mode;
+ it does that in all modes that supply their own indentation routine,
+ but in Fundamental, Text and allied modes it inserts a tab character.
+
+* The command M-x grep now invokes grep (on arguments
+ supplied by the user) and reads the output from grep
+ asynchronously into a buffer.  The command C-x ` can
+ be used to move to the lines that grep has found.
+ This is an adaptation of the mechanism used for
+ running compilations and finding the loci of error messages.
+
+ You can now use C-x ` even while grep or compilation
+ is proceeding; as more matches or error messages arrive,
+ C-x ` will parse them and be able to find them.
+
+* M-x mail now provides a command to send the message
+ and "exit"--that is, return to the previously selected
+ buffer.  It is C-z C-z.
+
+* Tab in C mode now tries harder to adapt to all indentation styles.
+ If the line being indented is a statement that is not the first
+ one in the containing compound-statement, it is aligned under
+ the beginning of the first statement.
+
+* The functions screen-width and screen-height return the
+ total width and height of the screen as it is now being used.
+ set-screen-width and set-screen-height tell Emacs how big
+ to assume the screen is; they each take one argument,
+ an integer.
+
+* The Lisp function 'function' now exists.  function is the
+ same as quote, except that it serves as a signal to the
+ Lisp compiler that the argument should be compiled as
+ a function.  Example:
+   (mapcar (function (lambda (x) (+ x 5))) list)
+
+* The function set-key has been renamed to global-set-key.
+ undefine-key and local-undefine-key has been renamed to
+ global-unset-key and local-unset-key.
+
+* Emacs now collects input from asynchronous subprocesses
+ while waiting in the functions sleep-for and sit-for.
+
+* Shell mode's Newline command attempts to distinguish subshell
+ prompts from user input when issued in the middle of the buffer.
+ It no longer reexecutes from dot to the end of the line;
+ it reeexecutes the entire line minus any prompt.
+ The prompt is recognized by searching for the value of
+ shell-prompt-pattern, starting from the beginning of the line.
+ Anything thus skipped is not reexecuted.
 
-* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.31
-
-** Freedom of the press restricted in the United States.
-
-Emacs has been censored in accord with the Communications Decency Act.
-This includes removing some features of the doctor program.  That law
-was described by its supporters as a ban on pornography, but it bans
-far more than that.  The Emacs distribution has never contained any
-pornography, but parts of it were nonetheless prohibited.
-
-For information on US government censorship of the Internet, and what
-you can do to bring back freedom of the press, see the web site
-`http://www.vtw.org/'.
-
-** A note about C mode indentation customization.
-
-The old (Emacs 19.29) ways of specifying a C indentation style
-do not normally work in the new implementation of C mode.
-It has its own methods of customizing indentation, which are
-much more powerful than the old C mode.  See the Editing Programs
-chapter of the manual for details.
-
-However, you can load the library cc-compat to make the old
-customization variables take effect.
-
-** Marking with the mouse.
-
-When you mark a region with the mouse, the region now remains
-highlighted until the next input event, regardless of whether you are
-using M-x transient-mark-mode.
-
-** Improved Windows NT/95 support.
-
-*** Emacs now supports scroll bars on Windows NT and Windows 95.
-
-*** Emacs now supports subprocesses on Windows 95.  (Subprocesses used
-to work on NT only and not on 95.)
-
-*** There are difficulties with subprocesses, though, due to problems
-in Windows, beyond the control of Emacs.  They work fine as long as
-you run Windows applications.  The problems arise when you run a DOS
-application in a subprocesses.  Since current shells run as DOS
-applications, these problems are significant.
-
-If you run a DOS application in a subprocess, then the application is
-likely to busy-wait, which means that your machine will be 100% busy.
-However, if you don't mind the temporary heavy load, the subprocess
-will work OK as long as you tell it to terminate before you start any
-other DOS application as a subprocess.
-
-Emacs is unable to terminate or interrupt a DOS subprocess.
-You have to do this by providing input directly to the subprocess.
-
-If you run two DOS applications at the same time in two separate
-subprocesses, even if one of them is asynchronous, you will probably
-have to reboot your machine--until then, it will remain 100% busy.
-Windows simply does not cope when one Windows process tries to run two
-separate DOS subprocesses.  Typing CTL-ALT-DEL and then choosing
-Shutdown seems to work although it may take a few minutes.
-
-** M-x resize-minibuffer-mode.
-
-This command, not previously mentioned in NEWS, toggles a mode in
-which the minibuffer window expands to show as many lines as the
-minibuffer contains.
-
-** `title' frame parameter and resource.
-
-The `title' X resource now specifies just the frame title, nothing else.
-It does not affect the name used for looking up other X resources.
-It works by setting the new `title' frame parameter, which likewise
-affects just the displayed title of the frame.
-
-The `name' parameter continues to do what it used to do:
-it specifies the frame name for looking up X resources,
-and also serves as the default for the displayed title
-when the `title' parameter is unspecified or nil.
-
-** Emacs now uses the X toolkit by default, if you have a new
-enough version of X installed (X11R5 or newer).
-
-** When you compile Emacs with the Motif widget set, Motif handles the
-F10 key by activating the menu bar.  To avoid confusion, the usual
-Emacs binding of F10 is replaced with a no-op when using Motif.
-
-If you want to be able to use F10 in Emacs, you can rebind the Motif
-menubar to some other key which you don't use.  To do so, add
-something like this to your X resources file.  This example rebinds
-the Motif menu bar activation key to S-F12:
-
-   Emacs*defaultVirtualBindings:  osfMenuBar : Shift<Key>F12
-
-** In overwrite mode, DEL now inserts spaces in most cases
-to replace the characters it "deletes".
-
-** The Rmail summary now shows the number of lines in each message.
-
-** Rmail has a new command M-x unforward-rmail-message, which extracts
-a forwarded message from the message that forwarded it.  To use it,
-select a message which contains a forwarded message and then type the command.
-It inserts the forwarded message as a separate Rmail message
-immediately after the selected one.
-
-This command also undoes the textual modifications that are standardly
-made, as part of forwarding, by Rmail and other mail reader programs.
-
-** Turning off saving of .saves-... files in your home directory.
-
-Each Emacs session writes a file named .saves-... in your home
-directory to record which files M-x recover-session should recover.
-If you exit Emacs normally with C-x C-c, it deletes that file.  If
-Emacs or the operating system crashes, the file remains for M-x
-recover-session.
-
-You can turn off the writing of these files by setting
-auto-save-list-file-name to nil.  If you do this, M-x recover-session
-will not work.
-
-Some previous Emacs versions failed to delete these files even on
-normal exit.  This is fixed now.  If you are thinking of turning off
-this feature because of past experiences with versions that had this
-bug, it would make sense to check whether you still want to do so
-now that the bug is fixed.
-
-** Changes to Version Control (VC)
-
-There is a new variable, vc-follow-symlinks.  It indicates what to do
-when you visit a link to a file that is under version control.
-Editing the file through the link bypasses the version control system,
-which is dangerous and probably not what you want.
-
-If this variable is t, VC follows the link and visits the real file,
-telling you about it in the echo area.  If it is `ask' (the default),
-VC asks for confirmation whether it should follow the link.  If nil,
-the link is visited and a warning displayed.
-
-** iso-acc.el now lets you specify a choice of language.
-Languages include "latin-1" (the default) and "latin-2" (which
-is designed for entering ISO Latin-2 characters).
-
-There are also choices for specific human languages such as French and
-Portuguese.  These are subsets of Latin-1, which differ in that they
-enable only the accent characters needed for particular language.
-The other accent characters, not needed for the chosen language,
-remain normal.
-
-** Posting articles and sending mail now has M-TAB completion on various
-header fields (Newsgroups, To, CC, ...).
-
-Completion in the Newsgroups header depends on the list of groups
-known to your news reader.  Completion in the Followup-To header
-offers those groups which are in the Newsgroups header, since
-Followup-To usually just holds one of those.
-
-Completion in fields that hold mail addresses works based on the list
-of local users plus your aliases.  Additionally, if your site provides
-a mail directory or a specific host to use for any unrecognized user
-name, you can arrange to query that host for completion also.  (See the
-documentation of variables `mail-directory-process' and
-`mail-directory-stream'.)
-
-** A greatly extended sgml-mode offers new features such as (to be configured)
-skeletons with completing read for tags and attributes, typing named
-characters including optionally all 8bit characters, making tags invisible
-with optional alternate display text, skipping and deleting tag(pair)s.
-
-Note: since Emacs' syntax feature cannot limit the special meaning of ', " and
-- to inside <>, for some texts the result, especially of font locking, may be
-wrong (see `sgml-specials' if you get wrong results).
-
-The derived html-mode configures this with tags and attributes more or
-less HTML3ish.  It also offers optional quick keys like C-c 1 for
-headline or C-c u for unordered list (see `html-quick-keys').  Edit /
-Text Properties / Face or M-g combinations create tags as applicable.
-Outline minor mode is supported and level 1 font-locking tries to
-fontify tag contents (which only works when they fit on one line, due
-to a limitation in font-lock).
-
-External viewing via browse-url can occur automatically upon saving.
-
-** M-x imenu-add-to-menubar now adds to the menu bar for the current
-buffer only.  If you want to put an Imenu item in the menu bar for all
-buffers that use a particular major mode, use the mode hook, as in
-this example:
-
-    (add-hook 'emacs-lisp-mode-hook
-              '(lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Index")))
-
-** Changes in BibTeX mode.
-
-*** Field names may now contain digits, hyphens, and underscores.
-
-*** Font Lock mode is now supported.
-
-*** bibtex-make-optional-field is no longer interactive.
-
-*** If bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is non-nil, inserting new
-entries is now done with a faster algorithm.  However, inserting
-will fail in this case if the buffer contains invalid entries or
-isn't in sorted order, so you should finish each entry with C-c C-c
-(bibtex-close-entry) after you have inserted or modified it.
-The default value of bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is nil.
-
-*** Function `show-all' is no longer bound to a key, since C-u C-c C-q
-does the same job.
-
-*** Entries with quotes inside quote-delimited fields (as `author =
-"Stefan Sch{\"o}f"') are now supported.
-
-*** Case in field names doesn't matter anymore when searching for help
-text.
-
-** Font Lock mode
-
-*** Global Font Lock mode
-
-Font Lock mode can be turned on globally, in buffers that support it, by the
-new command global-font-lock-mode.  You can use the new variable
-font-lock-global-modes to control which modes have Font Lock mode automagically
-turned on.  By default, this variable is set so that Font Lock mode is turned
-on globally where the buffer mode supports it.
-
-For example, to automagically turn on Font Lock mode where supported, put:
-
- (global-font-lock-mode t)
-
-in your ~/.emacs.
-
-*** Local Refontification
-
-In Font Lock mode, editing a line automatically refontifies that line only.
-However, if your change alters the syntactic context for following lines,
-those lines remain incorrectly fontified.  To refontify them, use the new
-command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block).
-
-In certain major modes, M-g M-g refontifies the entire current function.
-(The variable font-lock-mark-block-function controls how to find the
-current function.)  In other major modes, M-g M-g refontifies 16 lines
-above and below point.
-
-With a prefix argument N, M-g M-g refontifies N lines above and below point.
-
-** Follow mode
-
-Follow mode is a new minor mode combining windows showing the same
-buffer into one tall "virtual window".  The windows are typically two
-side-by-side windows.  Follow mode makes them scroll together as if
-they were a unit.  To use it, go to a frame with just one window,
-split it into two side-by-side windows using C-x 3, and then type M-x
-follow-mode.
-
-M-x follow-mode turns off Follow mode if it is already enabled.
-
-To display two side-by-side windows and activate Follow mode, use the
-command M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split.
-
-** hide-show changes.
-
-The hooks hs-hide-hooks and hs-show-hooks have been renamed
-to hs-hide-hook and hs-show-hook, to follow the convention for
-normal hooks.
-
-** Simula mode now has a menu containing the most important commands.
-The new command simula-indent-exp is bound to C-M-q.
-
-** etags can now handle programs written in Erlang.  Files are
-recognised by the extensions .erl and .hrl.  The tagged lines are
-those that begin a function, record, or macro.
-
-** MSDOS Changes
-
-*** It is now possible to compile Emacs with the version 2 of DJGPP.
-Compilation with DJGPP version 1 also still works.
-
-*** The documentation of DOS-specific aspects of Emacs was rewritten
-and expanded; see the ``MS-DOS'' node in the on-line docs.
-
-*** Emacs now uses ~ for backup file names, not .bak.
-
-*** You can simulate mouse-3 on two-button mice by simultaneously
-pressing both mouse buttons.
-
-*** A number of packages and commands which previously failed or had
-restricted functionality on MS-DOS, now work.  The most important ones
-are:
-
-**** Printing (both with `M-x lpr-buffer' and with `ps-print' package)
-now works.
-
-**** `Ediff' works (in a single-frame mode).
-
-**** `M-x display-time' can be used on MS-DOS (due to the new
-implementation of Emacs timers, see below).
-
-**** `Dired' supports Unix-style shell wildcards.
-
-**** The `c-macro-expand' command now works as on other platforms.
-
-**** `M-x recover-session' works.
-
-**** `M-x list-colors-display' displays all the available colors.
-
-**** The `TPU-EDT' package works.
+Changes in Emacs 1.3
+
+* An undo facility exists now.  Type C-x u to undo a batch of
+ changes (usually one command's changes, but some commands
+ such as query-replace divide their changes into multiple
+ batches.  You can repeat C-x u to undo further.  As long
+ as no commands other than C-x u intervene, each one undoes
+ another batch.  A numeric argument to C-x u acts as a repeat
+ count.
+
+ If you keep on undoing, eventually you may be told that
+ you have used up all the recorded undo information.
+ Some actions, such as reading in files, discard all
+ undo information.
+
+ The undo information is not currently stored separately
+ for each buffer, so it is mainly good if you do something
+ totally spastic.  [This has since been fixed.]
+
+* A learn-by-doing tutorial introduction to Emacs now exists.
+ Type C-h t to enter it.
+
+* An Info documentation browser exists.  Do M-x info to enter it.
+ It contains a tutorial introduction so that no more documentation
+ is needed here.  As of now, the only documentation in it
+ is that of Info itself.
+
+* Help k and Help c are now different.  Help c prints just the
+ name of the function which the specified key invokes.  Help k
+ prints the documentation of the function as well.
+
+* A document of the differences between GNU Emacs and Twenex Emacs
+ now exists.  It is called DIFF, in the same directory as this file.
+
+* C mode can now indent comments better, including multi-line ones.
+ Meta-Control-q now reindents comment lines within the expression
+ being aligned.
+
+* Insertion of a close-parenthesis now shows the matching open-parenthesis
+ even if it is off screen, by printing the text following it on its line
+ in the minibuffer.
+
+* A file can now contain a list of local variable values
+ to be in effect when the file is edited.  See the file DIFF
+ in the same directory as this file for full details.
+
+* A function nth is defined.  It means the same thing as in Common Lisp.
+
+* The function install-command has been renamed to set-key.
+ It now takes the key sequence as the first argument
+ and the definition for it as the second argument.
+ Likewise, local-install-command has been renamed to local-set-key.
 
-* Lisp changes in Emacs 19.31.
-
-** The function using-unix-filesystems on Windows NT and Windows 95
-tells Emacs to read and write files assuming that they reside on a
-remote Unix filesystem.  No CR/LF translation is done on any files in
-this case.  Invoking using-unix-filesystems with t activates this
-behavior, and invoking it with any other value deactivates it.
-
-** Change in system-type and system-configuration values.
-
-The value of system-type on a Linux-based GNU system is now `lignux',
-not `linux'.  This means that some programs which use `system-type'
-need to be changed.  The value of `system-configuration' will also
-be different.
-
-It is generally recommended to use `system-configuration' rather
-than `system-type'.
-
-See the file LINUX-GNU in this directory for more about this.
-
-** The functions shell-command and dired-call-process
-now run file name handlers for default-directory, if it has them.
-
-** Undoing the deletion of text now restores the positions of markers
-that pointed into or next to the deleted text.
-
-** Timers created with run-at-time now work internally to Emacs, and
-no longer use a separate process.  Therefore, they now work more
-reliably and can be used for shorter time delays.
-
-The new function run-with-timer is a convenient way to set up a timer
-to run a specified amount of time after the present.  A call looks
-like this:
-
-  (run-with-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
-
-SECS says how many seconds should elapse before the timer happens.
-It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the timer
-becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
-
-REPEAT gives the interval for repeating the timer (measured in
-seconds).  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  nil or 0
-means don't repeat at all--call FUNCTION just once.
-
-*** with-timeout provides an easy way to do something but give
-up if too much time passes.
-
-  (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
-
-This executes BODY, but gives up after SECONDS seconds.
-If it gives up, it runs the TIMEOUT-FORMS and returns the value
-of the last one of them.  Normally it returns the value of the last
-form in BODY.
-
-*** You can now arrange to call a function whenever Emacs is idle for
-a certain length of time.  To do this, call run-with-idle-timer.  A
-call looks like this:
-
-  (run-with-idle-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
-
-SECS says how many seconds of idleness should elapse before the timer
-runs.  It may be an integer or a floating point number.  When the
-timer becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments
-ARGS.
-
-Emacs becomes idle whenever it finishes executing a keyboard or mouse
-command.  It remains idle until it receives another keyboard or mouse
-command.
-
-REPEAT, if non-nil, means this timer should be activated again each
-time Emacs becomes idle and remains idle for SECS seconds The timer
-does not repeat if Emacs *remains* idle; it runs at most once after
-each time Emacs becomes idle.
-
-If REPEAT is nil, the timer runs just once, the first time Emacs is
-idle for SECS seconds.
-
-*** post-command-idle-hook is now obsolete; you shouldn't use it at
-all, because it interferes with the idle timer mechanism.  If your
-programs use post-command-idle-hook, convert them to use idle timers
-instead.
-
-*** y-or-n-p-with-timeout lets you ask a question but give up if
-there is no answer within a certain time.
-
-  (y-or-n-p-with-timeout PROMPT SECONDS DEFAULT-VALUE)
-
-asks the question PROMPT (just like y-or-n-p).  If the user answers
-within SECONDS seconds, it returns the answer that the user gave.
-Otherwise it gives up after SECONDS seconds, and returns DEFAULT-VALUE.
-
-** Minor change to `encode-time': you can now pass more than seven
-arguments.  If you do that, the first six arguments have the usual
-meaning, the last argument is interpreted as the time zone, and the
-arguments in between are ignored.
-
-This means that it works to use the list returned by `decode-time' as
-the list of arguments for `encode-time'.
-
-** The default value of load-path now includes the directory
-/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp In addition to
-/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp.  You can use this new directory for
-site-specific Lisp packages that belong with a particular Emacs
-version.
-
-It is not unusual for a Lisp package that works well in one Emacs
-version to cause trouble in another.  Sometimes packages need updating
-for incompatible changes; sometimes they look at internal data that
-has changed; sometimes the package has been installed in Emacs itself
-and the installed version should be used.  Whatever the reason for the
-problem, this new feature makes it easier to solve.
-
-** When your program contains a fixed file name (like .completions or
-.abbrev.defs), the file name usually needs to be different on operating
-systems with limited file name syntax.
-
-Now you can avoid ad-hoc conditionals by using the function
-convert-standard-filename to convert the file name to a proper form
-for each operating system.  Here is an example of use, from the file
-completions.el:
-
-(defvar save-completions-file-name
-        (convert-standard-filename "~/.completions")
-  "*The filename to save completions to.")
-
-This sets the variable save-completions-file-name to a value that
-depends on the operating system, because the definition of
-convert-standard-filename depends on the operating system.  On
-Unix-like systems, it returns the specified file name unchanged.  On
-MS-DOS, it adapts the name to fit the limitations of that system.
-
-** The interactive spec N now returns the numeric prefix argument
-rather than the raw prefix argument.  (It still reads a number using the
-minibuffer if there is no prefix argument at all.)
-
-** When a process is deleted, this no longer disconnects the process
-marker from its buffer position.
-
-** The variable garbage-collection-messages now controls whether
-Emacs displays a message at the beginning and end of garbage collection.
-The default is nil, meaning there are no messages.
-
-** The variable debug-ignored-errors specifies certain kinds of errors
-that should not enter the debugger.  Its value is a list of error
-condition symbols and/or regular expressions.  If the error has any
-of the condition symbols listed, or if any of the regular expressions
-matches the error message, then that error does not enter the debugger,
-regardless of the value of debug-on-error.
-
-This variable is initialized to match certain common but uninteresting
-errors that happen often during editing.
-
-** The new function error-message-string converts an error datum
-into its error message.  The error datum is what condition-case
-puts into the variable, to describe the error that happened.
-
-** Anything that changes which buffer appears in a given window
-now runs the window-scroll-functions for that window.
-
-** The new function get-buffer-window-list returns a list of windows displaying
-a buffer.  The function is called with the buffer (a buffer object or a buffer
-name) and two optional arguments specifying the minibuffer windows and frames
-to search.  Therefore this function takes optional args like next-window etc.,
-and not get-buffer-window.
-
-** buffer-substring now runs the hook buffer-access-fontify-functions,
-calling each function with two arguments--the range of the buffer
-being accessed.  buffer-substring-no-properties does not call them.
-
-If you use this feature, you should set the variable
-buffer-access-fontified-property to a non-nil symbol, which is a
-property name.  Then, if all the characters in the buffer range have a
-non-nil value for that property, the buffer-access-fontify-functions
-are not called.  When called, these functions should put a non-nil
-property on the text that they fontify, so that they won't get called
-over and over for the same text.
-
-** Changes in lisp-mnt.el
-
-*** The lisp-mnt package can now recognize file headers that are written
-in the formats used by the `what' command and the RCS `ident' command:
-
-;; @(#) HEADER: text
-;; $HEADER: text $
-
-in addition to the normal
-
-;; HEADER: text
-
-*** The commands lm-verify and lm-synopsis are now interactive.  lm-verify
-checks that the library file has proper sections and headers, and
-lm-synopsis extracts first line "synopsis'"information.
+Changes in Emacs 1.2
+
+* A Lisp single-stepping and debugging facility exists.
+ To cause the debugger to be entered when an error
+ occurs, set the variable debug-on-error non-nil.
+
+ To cause the debugger to be entered whenever function foo
+ is called, do (debug-on-entry 'foo).  To cancel this,
+ do (cancel-debug-on-entry 'foo).  debug-on-entry does
+ not work for primitives (written in C), only functions
+ written in Lisp.  Most standard Emacs commands are in Lisp.
+
+ When the debugger is entered, the selected window shows
+ a buffer called " *Backtrace" which displays a series
+ of stack frames, most recently entered first.  For each
+ frame, the function name called is shown, usually followed
+ by the argument values unless arguments are still being
+ calculated.  At the beginning of the buffer is a description
+ of why the debugger was entered: function entry, function exit,
+ error, or simply that the user called the function `debug'.
+
+ To exit the debugger and return to top level, type `q'.
+
+ In the debugger, you can evaluate Lisp expressions by 
+ typing `e'.  This is equivalent to `M-ESC'.
+
+ When the debugger is entered due to an error, that is
+ all you can do.  When it is entered due to function entry
+ (such as, requested by debug-on-entry), you have two
+ options:
+  Continue execution and reenter debugger after the
+    completion of the function being entered.  Type `c'.
+  Continue execution but enter the debugger before
+    the next subexpression.  Type `d'.
+
+ You will see that some stack frames are marked with *.
+ This means the debugger will be entered when those
+ frames exit.  You will see the value being returned
+ in the first line of the backtrace buffer.  Your options:
+  Continue execution, and return that value.  Type `c'.
+  Continue execution, and return a specified value.  Type `r'.
+
+ You can mark a frame to enter the debugger on exit
+ with the `b' command, or clear such a mark with `u'.
+
+* Lisp macros now exist.
+ For example, you can write
+    (defmacro cadr (arg) (list 'car (list 'cdr arg)))
+ and then the expression
+    (cadr foo)
+ will expand into
+    (car (cdr foo))
+
+Changes in Emacs 1.1
+
+* The initial buffer is now called "scratch" and is in a
+ new major mode, Lisp Interaction mode.  This mode is
+ intended for typing Lisp expressions, evaluating them,
+ and having the values printed into the buffer.
+
+  Type Linefeed after a Lisp expression, to evaluate the
+ expression and have its value printed into the buffer,
+ advancing dot.
+
+ The other commands of Lisp mode are available.
+
+* The C-x C-e command for evaluating the Lisp expression
+ before dot has been changed to print the value in the
+ minibuffer line rather than insert it in the buffer.
+ A numeric argument causes the printed value to appear
+ in the buffer instead.
+
+* In Lisp mode, the command M-C-x evaluates the defun
+ containing or following dot.  The value is printed in
+ the minibuffer.
+
+* The value of a Lisp expression evaluated using M-ESC
+ is now printed in the minibuffer.
+
+* M-q now runs fill-paragraph, independent of major mode.
+
+* C-h m now prints documentation on the current buffer's
+ major mode.  What it prints is the documentation of the
+ major mode name as a function.  All major modes have been
+ equipped with documentation that describes all commands
+ peculiar to the major mode, for this purpose.
+
+* You can display a Unix manual entry with
+ the M-x manual-entry command.
+
+* You can run a shell, displaying its output in a buffer,
+ with the M-x shell command.  The Return key sends input
+ to the subshell.  Output is printed inserted automatically
+ in the buffer.  Commands C-c, C-d, C-u, C-w and C-z are redefined
+ for controlling the subshell and its subjobs.
+ "cd", "pushd" and "popd" commands are recognized as you
+ enter them, so that the default directory of the Emacs buffer
+ always remains the same as that of the subshell.
+
+* C-x $ (that's a real dollar sign) controls line-hiding based
+ on indentation.  With a numeric arg N > 0, it causes all lines
+ indented by N or more columns to become invisible.
+ They are, effectively, tacked onto the preceding line, where
+ they are represented by " ..." on the screen.
+ (The end of the preceding visible line corresponds to a
+ screen cursor position before the "...".  Anywhere in the
+ invisible lines that follow appears on the screen as a cursor
+ position after the "...".)
+ Currently, all editing commands treat invisible lines just
+ like visible ones, except for C-n and C-p, which have special
+ code to count visible lines only.
+ C-x $ with no argument turns off this mode, which in any case
+ is remembered separately for each buffer.
+
+* Outline mode is another form of selective display.
+ It is a major mode invoked with M-x outline-mode.
+ It is intended for editing files that are structured as
+ outlines, with heading lines (lines that begin with one
+ or more asterisks) and text lines (all other lines).
+ The number of asterisks in a heading line are its level;
+ the subheadings of a heading line are all following heading
+ lines at higher levels, until but not including the next 
+ heading line at the same or a lower level, regardless
+ of intervening text lines.
+
+  In outline mode, you have commands to hide (remove from display)
+ or show the text or subheadings under each heading line
+ independently.  Hidden text or subheadings are invisibly
+ attached to the end of the preceding heading line, so that
+ if you kill the hading line and yank it back elsewhere
+ all the invisible lines accompany it.
+
+  All editing commands treat hidden outline-mode lines
+ as part of the preceding visible line.
+ 
+* C-x C-z runs save-buffers-kill-emacs
+ offers to save each file buffer, then exits.
+
+* C-c's function is now called suspend-emacs.
+
+* The command C-x m runs mail, which switches to a buffer *mail*
+ and lets you compose a message to send.  C-x 4 m runs mail in
+ another window.  Type C-z C-s in the mail buffer to send the
+ message according to what you have entered in the buffer.
+
+  You must separate the headers from the message text with
+ an empty line.
+
+* You can now dired partial directories (specified with names
+ containing *'s, etc, all processed by the shell).  Also, you
+ can dired more than one directory; dired names the buffer
+ according to the filespec or directory name.  Reinvoking
+ dired on a directory already direded just switches back to
+ the same directory used last time; do M-x revert if you want
+ to read in the current contents of the directory.
+
+  C-x d runs dired, and C-x 4 d runs dired in another window.
+
+  C-x C-d (list-directory) also allows partial directories now.
+
+Lisp programming changes
+
+* t as an output stream now means "print to the minibuffer".
+ If there is already text in the minibuffer printed via t
+ as an output stream, the new text is appended to the old
+ (or is truncated and lost at the margin).  If the minibuffer
+ contains text put there for some other reason, it is cleared
+ first.
+
+  t is now the top-level value of standard-output.
+
+  t as an input stream now means "read via the minibuffer".
+ The minibuffer is used to read a line of input, with editing,
+ and this line is then parsed.  Any excess not used by `read'
+ is ignored; each `read' from t reads fresh input.
+ t is now the top-level value of standard-input.
+
+* A marker may be used as an input stream or an output stream.
+ The effect is to grab input from where the marker points,
+ advancing it over the characters read, or to insert output
+ at the marker and advance it.
+
+* Output from an asynchronous subprocess is now inserted at
+ the end of the associated buffer, not at the buffer's dot,
+ and the buffer's mark is set to the end of the inserted output
+ each time output is inserted.
+
+* (pos-visible-in-window-p POS WINDOW)
+ returns t if position POS in WINDOW's buffer is in the range
+ that is being displayed in WINDOW; nil if it is scrolled
+ vertically out of visibility.
+
+  If display in WINDOW is not currently up to date, this function
+ calculates carefully whether POS would appear if display were
+ done immediately based on the current (window-start WINDOW).
+
+  POS defaults to (dot), and WINDOW to (selected-window).
+
+* Variable buffer-alist replaced by function (buffer-list).
+ The actual alist of buffers used internally by Emacs is now
+ no longer accessible, to prevent the user from crashing Emacs
+ by modifying it.  The function buffer-list returns a list
+ of all existing buffers.  Modifying this list cannot hurt anything
+ as a new list is constructed by each call to buffer-list.
+
+* load now takes an optional third argument NOMSG which, if non-nil,
+ prevents load from printing a message when it starts and when
+ it is done.
+
+* byte-recompile-directory is a new function which finds all
+ the .elc files in a directory, and regenerates each one which
+ is older than the corresponding .el (Lisp source) file.
 
-* For older news, see the file ONEWS.
-
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 Copyright information:
 
-Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1985 Richard M. Stallman
 
    Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
    of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
@@ -5001,6 +1161,5 @@ Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
 
 Local variables:
-mode: outline
-paragraph-separate: "[  ]*$"
+mode: text
 end:
diff --git a/etc/OOOONEWS b/etc/NEWS.2
index 26ca0281c54..96dabd85968 100644
--- a/etc/OOOONEWS
+++ b/etc/NEWS.2
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  26-Mar-1986
 Copyright (C) 1986 Richard M. Stallman.
 See the end for copying conditions.
 
-For older news, see the file OOOOONEWS.
+For older news, see the file NEWS.1.
 
 Changes in Emacs 17
 
@@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ except when `-batch' has been specified.
 
 This is because -batch (see above) is now used in building Emacs.
 
-For older news, see the file OOOONEWS.
+For older news, see the file NEWS.1.
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 Copyright information:
diff --git a/etc/OOONEWS b/etc/NEWS.3
index 68f9fabe6f7..224d958ab05 100644
--- a/etc/OOONEWS
+++ b/etc/NEWS.3
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  17-Aug-1988
 Copyright (C) 1988 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 See the end for copying conditions.
 
-For older news, see the file OOOONEWS.
+For older news, see the file NEWS.2.
 
 Changes in version 18.52.
 
@@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ C_DEBUG_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' when debugging.  Default `-g'.
 C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' to optimize.  Default `-O'.
 C_SWITCH_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra `cc' switches.
 
-For older news, see the file OOONEWS.
+For older news, see the file NEWS.2.
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 Copyright information:
diff --git a/etc/OONEWS b/etc/NEWS.4
index f6f31d11895..9779d5a0fbe 100644
--- a/etc/OONEWS
+++ b/etc/NEWS.4
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  1992.
 Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 See the end for copying conditions.
 
-For older news, see the file OOONEWS.
+For older news, see the file NEWS.3.
 
 Changes in version 18.58.
 
@@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ C_DEBUG_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' when debugging.  Default `-g'.
 C_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH defines the switches to give `cc' to optimize.  Default `-O'.
 C_SWITCH_MACHINE can be defined by the m- file to specify extra `cc' switches.
 
-For older news, see the file OONEWS.
+For older news, see the file NEWS.3.
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 Copyright information:
diff --git a/etc/ONEWS b/etc/ONEWS
index 933d338b5a9..534e603e3c7 100644
--- a/etc/ONEWS
+++ b/etc/ONEWS
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes.  1992.
 Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 See the end for copying conditions.
 
-For older news, see the file OONEWS.
+For older news, see the file NEWS.4.
 
 * Editing Changes in Emacs 19.30.
 
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ your working file with the latest version from the master.
 *** RCS customization.
 
 There is a new variable vc-consult-headers.  If it is t (the default),
-VC searches for RCS headers in working files (like `$Id$') and
+VC searches for RCS headers in working files (like `$Id: ONEWS,v 1.1 1999/10/03 11:59:45 fx Exp $') and
 determines the state of the file from them, not from the master file.
 This is fast and more reliable when you use branches.  (The variable
 was already present in Emacs 19.29, but didn't get mentioned in the
@@ -5685,7 +5685,7 @@ old file versions, executables, DOC files, and other
 architecture-specific or easy-to-recreate files are not included in
 the tar file.
 
-* For older news, see the file OONEWS.  For Lisp changes in (the first
+* For older news, see the file NEWS.4.  For Lisp changes in (the first
 * release of) Emacs 19, see the file LNEWS.
 
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/etc/OOOOONEWS b/etc/OOOOONEWS
deleted file mode 100644
index 06b5405be1e..00000000000
--- a/etc/OOOOONEWS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1165 +0,0 @@
-Old GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes thru version 15.
-Copyright (C) 1985 Richard M. Stallman.
-See the end for copying conditions.
-
-Changes in Emacs 15
-
-* Emacs now runs on Sun and Megatest 68000 systems;
- also on at least one 16000 system running 4.2.
-
-* Emacs now alters the output-start and output-stop characters
- to prevent C-s and C-q from being considered as flow control
- by cretinous rlogin software in 4.2.
-
-* It is now possible convert Mocklisp code (for Gosling Emacs) to Lisp code
- that can run in GNU Emacs.  M-x convert-mocklisp-buffer
- converts the contents of the current buffer from Mocklisp to
- GNU Emacs Lisp.  You should then save the converted buffer with C-x C-w
- under a name ending in ".el"
-
- There are probably some Mocklisp constructs that are not handled.
- If you encounter one, feel free to report the failure as a bug.
- The construct will be handled in a future Emacs release, if that is not
- not too hard to do.
-
- Note that lisp code converted from Mocklisp code will not necessarily
- run as fast as code specifically written for GNU Emacs, nor will it use
- the many features of GNU Emacs which are not present in Gosling's emacs.
- (In particular, the byte-compiler (m-x byte-compile-file) knows little
- about compilation of code directly converted from mocklisp.)
- It is envisaged that old mocklisp code will be incrementally converted
- to GNU lisp code, with M-x convert-mocklisp-buffer being the first
- step in this process.
-
-* Control-x n (narrow-to-region) is now by default a disabled command.
-
- This means that, if you issue this command, it will ask whether
- you really mean it.  You have the opportunity to enable the
- command permanently at that time, so you will not be asked again.
- This will place the form "(put 'narrow-to-region 'disabled nil)" in your
- .emacs file.
-
-* Tags now prompts for the tag table file name to use.
-
- All the tags commands ask for the tag table file name
- if you have not yet specified one.
-
- Also, the command M-x visit-tag-table can now be used to
- specify the tag table file name initially, or to switch
- to a new tag table.
-
-* If truncate-partial-width-windows is non-nil (as it intially is),
- all windows less than the full screen width (that is,
- made by side-by-side splitting) truncate lines rather than continuing
- them.
-
-* Emacs now checks for Lisp stack overflow to avoid fatal errors.
- The depth in eval, apply and funcall may not exceed max-lisp-eval-depth.
- The depth in variable bindings and unwind-protects may not exceed
- max-specpdl-size.  If either limit is exceeded, an error occurs.
- You can set the limits to larger values if you wish, but if you make them
- too large, you are vulnerable to a fatal error if you invoke
- Lisp code that does infinite recursion.
-
-* New hooks  find-file-hook  and  write-file-hook.
- Both of these variables if non-nil should be functions of no arguments.
- At the time they are called (current-buffer) will be the buffer being
- read or written respectively.
-
- find-file-hook  is called whenever a file is read into its own buffer,
- such as by calling  find-file,  revert-buffer, etc.  It is not called by
- functions such as  insert-file  which do not read the file into a buffer of
- its own.
- find-file-hook  is called after the file has been read in and its
- local variables (if any) have been processed.
-
- write-file-hook  is called just before writing out a file from a buffer.
-
-* The initial value of shell-prompt-pattern is now  "^[^#$%>]*[#$%>] *"
-
-* If the .emacs file sets inhibit-startup-message to non-nil,
- the messages normally printed by Emacs at startup time
- are inhibited.
-
-* Facility for run-time conditionalization on the basis of emacs features.
-
- The new variable  features  is a list of symbols which represent "features"
- of the executing emacs, for use in run-time conditionalization.
-
- The function  featurep  of one argument may be used to test for the
- presence of a feature. It is just the same as
- (not (null (memq FEATURE features))) where FEATURE is its argument.
- For example, (if (featurep 'magic-window-hack)
-                  (transmogrify-window 'vertical)
-                (split-window-vertically))
-
- The function  provide  of one argument "announces" that FEATURE is present.
- It is much the same as (if (not (featurep FEATURE))
-                            (setq features (cons FEATURE features)))
-
- The function  require  with arguments FEATURE and FILE-NAME loads FILE-NAME
- (which should contain the form (provide FEATURE)) unless FEATURE is present.
- It is much the same as (if (not (featurep FEATURE))
-                            (progn (load FILE-NAME)
-                                   (if (not featurep FEATURE) (error ...))))
- FILE-NAME is optional and defaults to FEATURE.
-
-* New function load-average.
-
- This returns a list of three integers, which are
- the current 1 minute, 5 minute and 15 minute load averages,
- each multiplied by a hundred (since normally they are floating
- point numbers).
-
-* Per-terminal libraries loaded automatically.
-
- Emacs when starting up on terminal type T automatically loads
- a library named term-T.  T is the value of the TERM environment variable.
- Thus, on terminal type vt100, Emacs would do (load "term-vt100" t t).
- Such libraries are good places to set the character translation table.
-
- It is a bad idea to redefine lots of commands in a per-terminal library,
- since this affects all users.  Instead, define a command to do the
- redefinitions and let the user's init file, which is loaded later,
- call that command or not, as the user prefers.
-
-* Programmer's note: detecting killed buffers.
-
- Buffers are eliminated by explicitly killing them, using
- the function kill-buffer.  This does not eliminate or affect
- the pointers to the buffer which may exist in list structure.
- If you have a pointer to a buffer and wish to tell whether
- the buffer has been killed, use the function buffer-name.
- It returns nil on a killed buffer, and a string on a live buffer.
-
-* New ways to access the last command input character.
-
- The function last-key-struck, which used to return the last
- input character that was read by command input, is eliminated.
- Instead, you can find this information as the value of the
- variable last-command-char.  (This variable used to be called
- last-key).
-
- Another new variable, last-input-char, holds the last character
- read from the command input stream regardless of what it was
- read for.  last-input-char and last-command-char are different
- only inside a command that has called read-char to read input.
-
-* The new switch -kill causes Emacs to exit after processing the
- preceding command line arguments.  Thus,
-    emacs -l lib data -e do-it -kill
- means to load lib, find file data, call do-it on no arguments,
- and then exit.
-
-* The config.h file has been modularized.
-
- Options that depend on the machine you are running on are defined
- in a file whose name starts with "m-", such as m-vax.h.
- Options that depend on the operating system software version you are
- running on are defined in a file whose name starts with "s-",
- such as s-bsd4.2.h.
-
- config.h includes one m- file and one s- file.  It also defines a
- few other options whose values do not follow from the machine type
- and system type being used.  Installers normally will have to
- select the correct m- and s- files but will never have to change their
- contents.
-
-* Termcap AL and DL strings are understood.
-
- If the termcap entry defines AL and DL strings, for insertion
- and deletion of multiple lines in one blow, Emacs now uses them.
- This matters most on certain bit map display terminals for which
- scrolling is comparatively slow.
-
-* Bias against scrolling screen far on fast terminals.
-
- Emacs now prefers to redraw a few lines rather than
- shift them a long distance on the screen, when the terminal is fast.
-
-* New major mode, mim-mode.
-
- This major mode is for editing MDL code.  Perhaps a MDL
- user can explain why it is not called mdl-mode.
- You must load the library mim-mode explicitly to use this.
-
-* GNU documentation formatter `texinfo'.
-
- The `texinfo' library defines a format for documentation
- files which can be passed through Tex to make a printed manual
- or passed through texinfo to make an Info file.  Texinfo is
- documented fully by its own Info file; compare this file
- with its source, texinfo.texinfo, for additional guidance.
-
- All documentation files for GNU utilities should be written
- in texinfo input format.
-
- Tex processing of texinfo files requires the Botex macro package.
- This is not ready for distribution yet, but will appear at
- a later time.
-
-* New function read-from-string (emacs 15.29)
-
- read-from-string takes three arguments: a string to read from,
- and optionally start and end indices which delimit a substring
- from which to read.  (They default to 0 and the length of the string,
- respectively.)
-
- This function returns a cons cell whose car is the object produced
- by reading from the string and whose cdr is a number giving the
- index in the string of the first character not read. That index may
- be passed as the second argument to a later call to  read-from-string
- to read the next form represented by the string.
-
- In addition, the function  read  now accepts a string as its argument.
- In this case, it calls  read-from-string  on the whole string, and
- returns the car of the result. (ie the actual object read.)
-
-Changes in Emacs 14
-
-* Completion now prints various messages such as [Sole Completion]
- or [Next Character Not Unique] to describe the results obtained.
- These messages appear after the text in the minibuffer, and remain
- on the screen until a few seconds go by or you type a key.
-
-* The buffer-read-only flag is implemented.
- Setting or binding this per-buffer variable to a non-nil value
- makes illegal any operation which would modify the textual content of
- the buffer.  (Such operations signal a  buffer-read-only  error)
- The read-only state of a buffer may be altered using toggle-read-only
- (C-x C-q)
- The buffers used by Rmail, Dired, Rnews, and Info are now read-only
- by default to prevent accidental damage to the information in those
- buffers.
-
-* Functions car-safe and cdr-safe.
- These functions are like car and cdr when the argument is a cons.
- Given an argument not a cons, car-safe always returns nil, with
- no error; the same for cdr-safe.
-
-* The new function user-real-login-name returns the name corresponding
- to the real uid of the Emacs process.  This is usually the same
- as what user-login-name returns; however, when Emacs is invoked
- from su, user-real-login-name returns "root" but user-login-name
- returns the name of the user who invoked su.
-
-Changes in Emacs 13
-
-* There is a new version numbering scheme.
-
- What used to be the first version number, which was 1,
- has been discarded since it does not seem that I need three
- levels of version number.
-
- However, a new third version number has been added to represent
- changes by user sites.  This number will always be zero in
- Emacs when I distribute it; it will be incremented each time
- Emacs is built at another site.
-
-* There is now a reader syntax for Meta characters:
- \M-CHAR means CHAR or'ed with the Meta bit.  For example:
-
-    ?\M-x   is   (+ ?x 128)
-    ?\M-\n  is   (+ ?\n 128)
-    ?\M-\^f is   (+ ?\^f 128)
-
- This syntax can be used in strings too.  Note, however, that
- Meta characters are not meaningful in key sequences being passed
- to define-key or lookup-key; you must use ESC characters (\e)
- in them instead.
-
- ?\C- can be used likewise for control characters.  (13.9)
-
-* Installation change
- The string "../lisp" now adds to the front of the load-path
- used for searching for Lisp files during Emacs initialization.
- It used to replace the path specified in paths.h entirely.
- Now the directory ../lisp is searched first and the directoris
- specified in paths.h are searched afterward.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.12
-
-* There is a new installation procedure.
- See the file INSTALL that comes in the top level
- directory in the tar file or tape.
-
-* The Meta key is now supported on terminals that have it.
- This is a shift key which causes the high bit to be turned on
- in all input characters typed while it is held down.
-
- read-char now returns a value in the range 128-255 if
- a Meta character is typed.  When interpreted as command
- input, a Meta character is equivalent to a two character
- sequence, the meta prefix character followed by the un-metized
- character (Meta-G unmetized is G).
-
- The meta prefix character
- is specified by the value of the variable meta-prefix-char.
- If this character (normally Escape) has been redefined locally
- with a non-prefix definition (such as happens in completing
- minibuffers) then the local redefinition is suppressed when
- the character is not the last one in a key sequence.
- So the local redefinition is effective if you type the character
- explicitly, but not effective if the character comes from
- the use of the Meta key.
-
-* `-' is no longer a completion command in the minibuffer.
- It is an ordinary self-inserting character.
-
-* The list load-path of directories load to search for Lisp files
- is now controlled by the EMACSLOADPATH environment variable
-[[ Note this was originally EMACS-LOAD-PATH and has been changed
- again; sh does not deal properly with hyphens in env variable names]]
- rather than the EPATH environment variable.  This is to avoid
- conflicts with other Emacses.
-
- While Emacs is being built initially, the load-path
- is now just ("../lisp"), ignoring paths.h.  It does not
- ignore EMACSLOADPATH, however; you should avoid having
- this variable set while building Emacs.
-
-* You can now specify a translation table for keyboard
- input characters, as a way of exchanging or substituting
- keys on the keyboard.
-
- If the value of keyboard-translate-table is a string,
- every character received from the keyboard is used as an
- index in that string, and the character at that index in
- the string is used as input instead of what was actually
- typed.  If the actual input character is >= the length of
- the string, it is used unchanged.
-
- One way this feature can be used is to fix bad keyboard
- designes.  For example, on some terminals, Delete is 
- Shift-Underscore.  Since Delete is a more useful character
- than Underscore, it is an improvement to make the unshifted
- character Delete and the shifted one Underscore.  This can
- be done with
-
-  ;; First make a translate table that does the identity translation.
-  (setq keyboard-translate-table (make-string 128 0))
-  (let ((i 0))
-    (while (< i 128)
-      (aset keyboard-translate-table i i)
-      (setq i (1+ i))))
-
-  ;; Now alter translations of some characters.
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\_ ?\^?)
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\^? ?\_)
-
- If your terminal has a Meta key and can therefore send
- codes up to 255, Meta characters are translated through
- elements 128 through 255 of the translate table, and therefore
- are translated independently of the corresponding non-Meta
- characters.  You must therefore establish translations
- independently for the Meta characters if you want them too:
-
-  ;; First make a translate table that does the identity translation.
-  (setq keyboard-translate-table (make-string 256 0))
-  (let ((i 0))
-    (while (< i 256)
-      (aset keyboard-translate-table i i)
-      (setq i (1+ i))))
-
-  ;; Now alter translations of some characters.
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\_ ?\^?)
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table ?\^? ?\_)
-
-  ;; Now alter translations of some Meta characters.
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table (+ 128 ?\_) (+ 128 ?\^?))
-  (aset keyboard-translate-table (+ 128 ?\^?) (+ 128 ?\_))
-
-* (process-kill-without-query PROCESS)
-
-This marks the process so that, when you kill Emacs,
-you will not on its account be queried about active subprocesses.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.11
-
-* The commands C-c and C-z have been interchanged,
- for greater compatibility with normal Unix usage.
- C-z now runs suspend-emacs and C-c runs exit-recursive-edit.
-
-* The value returned by file-name-directory now ends
- with a slash.  (file-name-directory "foo/bar") => "foo/".
- This avoids confusing results when dealing with files
- in the root directory.
-
- The value of the per-buffer variable default-directory
- is also supposed to have a final slash now.
-
-* There are now variables to control the switches passed to
- `ls' by the C-x C-d command (list-directory).
- list-directory-brief-switches is a string, initially "-CF",
- used for brief listings, and list-directory-verbose-switches
- is a string, initially "-l", used for verbose ones.
-
-* For Ann Arbor Ambassador terminals, the termcap "ti" string
- is now used to initialize the screen geometry on entry to Emacs,
- and the "te" string is used to set it back on exit.
- If the termcap entry does not define the "ti" or "te" string,
- Emacs does what it used to do.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.10
-
-* GNU Emacs has been made almost 1/3 smaller.
- It now dumps out as only 530kbytes on Vax 4.2bsd.
-
-* The term "checkpoint" has been replaced by "auto save"
- throughout the function names, variable names and documentation
- of GNU Emacs.
-
-* The function load now tries appending ".elc" and ".el"
- to the specified filename BEFORE it tries the filename
- without change.
-
-* rmail now makes the mode line display the total number
- of messages and the current message number.
- The "f" command now means forward a message to another user.
- The command to search through all messages for a string is now "F".
- The "u" command now means to move back to the previous
- message and undelete it.  To undelete the selected message, use Meta-u.
-
-* The hyphen character is now equivalent to a Space while
- in completing minibuffers.  Both mean to complete an additional word.
-
-* The Lisp function error now takes args like format
- which are used to construct the error message.
-
-* Redisplay will refuse to start its display at the end of the buffer.
- It will pick a new place to display from, rather than use that.
-
-* The value returned by garbage-collect has been changed.
- Its first element is no longer a number but a cons,
- whose car is the number of cons cells now in use,
- and whose cdr is the number of cons cells that have been
- made but are now free.
- The second element is similar but describes symbols rather than cons cells.
- The third element is similar but describes markers.
-
-* The variable buffer-name has been eliminated.
- The function buffer-name still exists.  This is to prevent
- user programs from changing buffer names without going
- through the rename-buffer function.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.9
-
-* When a fill prefix is in effect, paragraphs are started
- or separated by lines that do not start with the fill prefix.
- Also, a line which consists of the fill prefix followed by
- white space separates paragraphs.
-
-* C-x C-v runs the new function find-alternate-file.
- It finds the specified file, switches to that buffer,
- and kills the previous current buffer.  (It requires
- confirmation if that buffer had changes.)  This is
- most useful after you find the wrong file due to a typo.
-
-* Exiting the minibuffer moves the cursor to column 0,
- to show you that it has really been exited.
-
-* Meta-g (fill-region) now fills each paragraph in the
- region individually.  To fill the region as if it were
- a single paragraph (for when the paragraph-delimiting mechanism
- does the wrong thing), use fill-region-as-paragraph.
-
-* Tab in text mode now runs the function tab-to-tab-stop.
- A new mode called indented-text-mode is like text-mode
- except that in it Tab runs the function indent-relative,
- which indents the line under the previous line.
- If auto fill is enabled while in indented-text-mode,
- the new lines that it makes are indented.
-
-* Functions kill-rectangle and yank-rectangle.
- kill-rectangle deletes the rectangle specified by dot and mark
- (or by two arguments) and saves it in the variable killed-rectangle.
- yank-rectangle inserts the rectangle in that variable.
-
- Tab characters in a rectangle being saved are replaced
- by spaces in such a way that their appearance will
- not be changed if the rectangle is later reinserted
- at a different column position.
-
-* `+' in a regular expression now means
- to repeat the previous expression one or more times.
- `?' means to repeat it zero or one time.
- They are in all regards like `*' except for the
- number of repetitions they match.
-
- \< in a regular expression now matches the null string
- when it is at the beginning of a word; \> matches
- the null string at the end of a word.
-
-* C-x p narrows the buffer so that only the current page
- is visible.
-
-* C-x ) with argument repeats the kbd macro just
- defined that many times, counting the definition
- as one repetition.
-
-* C-x ( with argument begins defining a kbd macro
- starting with the last one defined.  It executes that
- previous kbd macro initially, just as if you began
- by typing it over again.
-
-* C-x q command queries the user during kbd macro execution.
- With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
-  reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
-  You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
- Without prefix argument, reads a character.  Your options are:
-  Space -- execute the rest of the macro.
-  Delete -- skip the rest of the macro; start next repetition.
-  C-d -- skip rest of the macro and don't repeat it any more.
-  C-r -- enter a recursive edit, then on exit ask again for a character
-  C-l -- redisplay screen and ask again."
-
-* write-kbd-macro and append-kbd-macro are used to save
- a kbd macro definition in a file (as Lisp code to
- redefine the macro when the file is loaded).
- These commands differ in that write-kbd-macro
- discards the previous contents of the file.
- If given a prefix argument, both commands
- record the keys which invoke the macro as well as the
- macro's definition.
-
-* The variable global-minor-modes is used to display
- strings in the mode line of all buffers.  It should be
- a list of elements thaht are conses whose cdrs are strings
- to be displayed.  This complements the variable
- minor-modes, which has the same effect but has a separate
- value in each buffer.
-
-* C-x = describes horizontal scrolling in effect, if any.
-
-* Return now auto-fills the line it is ending, in auto fill mode.
- Space with zero as argument auto-fills the line before it
- just like Space without an argument.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.8
-
-This release mostly fixes bugs.  There are a few new features:
-
-* apropos now sorts the symbols before displaying them.
- Also, it returns a list of the symbols found.
-
- apropos now accepts a second arg PRED which should be a function
- of one argument; if PRED is non-nil, each symbol is tested
- with PRED and only symbols for which PRED returns non-nil
- appear in the output or the returned list.
-
- If the third argument to apropos is non-nil, apropos does not
- display anything; it merely returns the list of symbols found.
-
- C-h a now runs the new function command-apropos rather than
- apropos, and shows only symbols with definitions as commands.
-
-* M-x shell sends the command 
-    if (-f ~/.emacs_NAME)source ~/.emacs_NAME
- invisibly to the shell when it starts.  Here NAME
- is replaced by the name of shell used,
- as it came from your ESHELL or SHELL environment variable
- but with directory name, if any, removed.
-
-* M-, now runs the command tags-loop-continue, which is used
- to resume a terminated tags-search or tags-query-replace.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.7
-
-It's Beat CCA Week.
-
-* The initial buffer is now called "*scratch*" instead of "scratch",
- so that all buffer names used automatically by Emacs now have *'s.
-
-* Undo information is now stored separately for each buffer.
- The Undo command (C-x u) always applies to the current
- buffer only.
-
- C-_ is now a synonym for C-x u.
-
- (buffer-flush-undo BUFFER) causes undo information not to
- be kept for BUFFER, and frees the space that would have
- been used to hold it.  In any case, no undo information is
- kept for buffers whose names start with spaces.  (These
- buffers also do not appear in the C-x C-b display.)
-
-* Rectangle operations are now implemented.
- C-x r stores the rectangle described by dot and mark
- into a register; it reads the register name from the keyboard.
- C-x g, the command to insert the contents of a register,
- can be used to reinsert the rectangle elsewhere.
-
- Other rectangle commands include
-  open-rectangle:
-    insert a blank rectangle in the position and size
-    described by dot and mark, at its corners;
-    the existing text is pushed to the right.
-  clear-rectangle:
-    replace the rectangle described by dot ane mark
-    with blanks.  The previous text is deleted.
-  delete-rectangle:
-    delete the text of the specified rectangle,
-    moving the text beyond it on each line leftward.
-
-* Side-by-side windows are allowed.  Use C-x 5 to split the
- current window into two windows side by side.
- C-x } makes the selected window ARG columns wider at the
- expense of the windows at its sides.  C-x { makes the selected
- window ARG columns narrower.  An argument to C-x 5 specifies
- how many columns to give to the leftmost of the two windows made.
-
- C-x 2 now accepts a numeric argument to specify the number of
- lines to give to the uppermost of the two windows it makes.
-
-* Horizontal scrolling of the lines in a window is now implemented.
- C-x < (scroll-left) scrolls all displayed lines left,
- with the numeric argument (default 1) saying how far to scroll.
- When the window is scrolled left, some amount of the beginning
- of each nonempty line is replaced by an "$".
- C-x > scrolls right.  If a window has no text hidden at the left
- margin, it cannot be scrolled any farther right than that.
- When nonzero leftwards scrolling is in effect in a window.
- lines are automatically truncated at the window's right margin
- regardless of the value of the variable truncate-lines in the
- buffer being displayed.
-
-* C-x C-d now uses the default output format of `ls',
- which gives just file names in multiple columns.
- C-u C-x C-d passes the -l switch to `ls'.
-
-* C-t at the end of a line now exchanges the two preceding characters.
-
- All the transpose commands now interpret zero as an argument
- to mean to transpose the textual unit after or around dot
- with the one after or around the mark.
-
-* M-! executes a shell command in an inferior shell
- and displays the output from it.  With a prefix argument,
- it inserts the output in the current buffer after dot
- and sets the mark after the output.  The shell command
- gets /dev/null as its standard input.
-
- M-| is like M-! but passes the contents of the region
- as input to the shell command.  A prefix argument makes
- the output from the command replace the contents of the region.
-
-* The mode line will now say "Def" after the major mode
- while a keyboard macro is being defined.
-
-* The variable fill-prefix is now used by Meta-q.
- Meta-q removes the fill prefix from lines that start with it
- before filling, and inserts the fill prefix on each line
- after filling.
-
- The command C-x . sets the fill prefix equal to the text
- on the current line before dot.
-
-* The new command Meta-j (indent-new-comment-line),
- is like Linefeed (indent-new-line) except when dot is inside a comment;
- in that case, Meta-j inserts a comment starter on the new line,
- indented under the comment starter above.  It also inserts
- a comment terminator at the end of the line above,
- if the language being edited calls for one.
-
-* Rmail should work correctly now, and has some C-h m documentation.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.6
-
-* save-buffers-kill-emacs is now on C-x C-c
- while C-x C-z does suspend-emacs.  This is to make
- C-x C-c like the normal Unix meaning of C-c
- and C-x C-z linke the normal Unix meaning of C-z.
-
-* M-ESC (eval-expression) is now a disabled command by default.
- This prevents users who type ESC ESC accidentally from
- getting confusing results.  Put
-    (put 'eval-expression 'disabled nil)
- in your ~/.emacs file to enable the command.
-
-* Self-inserting text is grouped into bunches for undoing.
- Each C-x u command undoes up to 20 consecutive self-inserting
- characters.
-
-* Help f now uses as a default the function being called
- in the innermost Lisp expression that dot is in.
- This makes it more convenient to use while writing
- Lisp code to run in Emacs.
- (If the text around dot does not appear to be a call
- to a Lisp function, there is no default.)
-
- Likewise, Help v uses the symbol around or before dot
- as a default, if that is a variable name.
-
-* Commands that read filenames now insert the default
- directory in the minibuffer, to become part of your input.
- This allows you to see what the default is.
- You may type a filename which goes at the end of the
- default directory, or you may edit the default directory
- as you like to create the input you want to give.
- You may also type an absolute pathname (starting with /)
- or refer to a home directory (input starting with ~)
- after the default; the presence of // or /~ causes
- everything up through the slash that precedes your
- type-in to be ignored.
-
- Returning the default directory without change,
- including the terminating slash, requests the use
- of the default file name (usually the visited file's name).
-
- Set the variable insert-default-directory to nil
- to turn off this feature.
-
-* M-x shell now uses the environment variable ESHELL,
- if it exists, as the file name of the shell to run.
- If there is no ESHELL variable, the SHELL variable is used.
- This is because some shells do not work properly as inferiors
- of Emacs (or anything like Emacs).
-
-* A new variable minor-modes now exists, with a separate value
- in each buffer.  Its value should be an alist of elements
- (MODE-FUNCTION-SYMBOL . PRETTY-NAME-STRING), one for each
- minor mode that is turned on in the buffer.  The pretty
- name strings are displayed in the mode line after the name of the
- major mode (with spaces between them).  The mode function
- symbols should be symbols whose function definitions will
- turn on the minor mode if given 1 as an argument; they are present
- so that Help m can find their documentation strings.
-
-* The format of tag table files has been changed.
- The new format enables Emacs to find tags much faster.
-
- A new program, etags, exists to make the kind of
- tag table that Emacs wants.  etags is invoked just
- like ctags; in fact, if you give it any switches,
- it does exactly what ctags would do.  Give it the
- empty switch ("-") to make it act like ctags with no switches.
-
- etags names the tag table file "TAGS" rather than "tags",
- so that these tag tables and the standard Unix ones
- can coexist.
-
- The tags library can no longer use standard ctags-style
- tag tables files.
-
-* The file of Lisp code Emacs reads on startup is now
- called ~/.emacs rather than ~/.emacs_pro.
-
-* copy-file now gives the copied file the same mode bits
- as the original file.
-
-* Output from a process inserted into the process's buffer
- no longer sets the buffer's mark.  Instead it sets a
- marker associated with the process to point to the end
- of the inserted text.  You can access this marker with
-    (process-mark PROCESS)
- and then either examine its position with marker-position
- or set its position with set-marker.
-
-* completing-read takes a new optional fifth argument which,
- if non-nil, should be a string of text to insert into
- the minibuffer before reading user commands.
-
-* The Lisp function elt now exists:
- (elt ARRAY N) is like (aref ARRAY N),
- (elt LIST N) is like (nth N LIST).
-
-* rplaca is now a synonym for setcar, and rplacd for setcdr.
- eql is now a synonym for eq; it turns out that the Common Lisp
- distinction between eq and eql is insignificant in Emacs.
- numberp is a new synonym for integerp.
-
-* auto-save has been renamed to auto-save-mode.
-
-* Auto save file names for buffers are now created by the
- function make-auto-save-file-name.  This is so you can
- redefine that function to change the way auto save file names
- are chosen.
-
-* expand-file-name no longer discards a final slash.
-    (expand-file-name "foo" "/lose") => "/lose/foo"
-    (expand-file-name "foo/" "/lose") => "/lose/foo/"
-
- Also, expand-file-name no longer substitutes $ constructs.
- A new function substitute-in-file-name does this.  Reading
- a file name with read-file-name or the `f' or`F' option
- of interactive calling uses substitute-in-file-name
- on the file name that was read and returns the result.
-
- All I/O primitives including insert-file-contents and
- delete-file call expand-file-name on the file name supplied.
- This change makes them considerably faster in the usual case.
-
-* Interactive calling spec strings allow the new code letter 'D'
- which means to read a directory name.  It is like 'f' except
- that the default if the user makes no change in the minibuffer
- is to return the current default directory rather than the
- current visited file name.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.5
-
-* suspend-emacs now accepts an optional argument
- which is a string to be stuffed as terminal input
- to be read by Emacs's superior shell after Emacs exits.
-
- A library called ledit exists which uses this feature
- to transmit text to a Lisp job running as a sibling of
- Emacs.
-
-* If find-file is given the name of a directory,
- it automatically invokes dired on that directory
- rather than reading in the binary data that make up
- the actual contents of the directory according to Unix.
-
-* Saving an Emacs buffer now preserves the file modes
- of any previously existing file with the same name.
- This works using new Lisp functions file-modes and
- set-file-modes, which can be used to read or set the mode
- bits of any file.
-
-* The Lisp function  cond  now exists, with its traditional meaning.
-
-* defvar and defconst now permit the documentation string
- to be omitted.  defvar also permits the initial value
- to be omitted; then it acts only as a comment.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.4
-
-* Auto-filling now normally indents the new line it creates
- by calling indent-according-to-mode.  This function, meanwhile,
- has in Fundamental and Text modes the effect of making the line
- have an indentation of the value of left-margin, a per-buffer variable.
-
- Tab no longer precisely does indent-according-to-mode;
- it does that in all modes that supply their own indentation routine,
- but in Fundamental, Text and allied modes it inserts a tab character.
-
-* The command M-x grep now invokes grep (on arguments
- supplied by the user) and reads the output from grep
- asynchronously into a buffer.  The command C-x ` can
- be used to move to the lines that grep has found.
- This is an adaptation of the mechanism used for
- running compilations and finding the loci of error messages.
-
- You can now use C-x ` even while grep or compilation
- is proceeding; as more matches or error messages arrive,
- C-x ` will parse them and be able to find them.
-
-* M-x mail now provides a command to send the message
- and "exit"--that is, return to the previously selected
- buffer.  It is C-z C-z.
-
-* Tab in C mode now tries harder to adapt to all indentation styles.
- If the line being indented is a statement that is not the first
- one in the containing compound-statement, it is aligned under
- the beginning of the first statement.
-
-* The functions screen-width and screen-height return the
- total width and height of the screen as it is now being used.
- set-screen-width and set-screen-height tell Emacs how big
- to assume the screen is; they each take one argument,
- an integer.
-
-* The Lisp function 'function' now exists.  function is the
- same as quote, except that it serves as a signal to the
- Lisp compiler that the argument should be compiled as
- a function.  Example:
-   (mapcar (function (lambda (x) (+ x 5))) list)
-
-* The function set-key has been renamed to global-set-key.
- undefine-key and local-undefine-key has been renamed to
- global-unset-key and local-unset-key.
-
-* Emacs now collects input from asynchronous subprocesses
- while waiting in the functions sleep-for and sit-for.
-
-* Shell mode's Newline command attempts to distinguish subshell
- prompts from user input when issued in the middle of the buffer.
- It no longer reexecutes from dot to the end of the line;
- it reeexecutes the entire line minus any prompt.
- The prompt is recognized by searching for the value of
- shell-prompt-pattern, starting from the beginning of the line.
- Anything thus skipped is not reexecuted.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.3
-
-* An undo facility exists now.  Type C-x u to undo a batch of
- changes (usually one command's changes, but some commands
- such as query-replace divide their changes into multiple
- batches.  You can repeat C-x u to undo further.  As long
- as no commands other than C-x u intervene, each one undoes
- another batch.  A numeric argument to C-x u acts as a repeat
- count.
-
- If you keep on undoing, eventually you may be told that
- you have used up all the recorded undo information.
- Some actions, such as reading in files, discard all
- undo information.
-
- The undo information is not currently stored separately
- for each buffer, so it is mainly good if you do something
- totally spastic.  [This has since been fixed.]
-
-* A learn-by-doing tutorial introduction to Emacs now exists.
- Type C-h t to enter it.
-
-* An Info documentation browser exists.  Do M-x info to enter it.
- It contains a tutorial introduction so that no more documentation
- is needed here.  As of now, the only documentation in it
- is that of Info itself.
-
-* Help k and Help c are now different.  Help c prints just the
- name of the function which the specified key invokes.  Help k
- prints the documentation of the function as well.
-
-* A document of the differences between GNU Emacs and Twenex Emacs
- now exists.  It is called DIFF, in the same directory as this file.
-
-* C mode can now indent comments better, including multi-line ones.
- Meta-Control-q now reindents comment lines within the expression
- being aligned.
-
-* Insertion of a close-parenthesis now shows the matching open-parenthesis
- even if it is off screen, by printing the text following it on its line
- in the minibuffer.
-
-* A file can now contain a list of local variable values
- to be in effect when the file is edited.  See the file DIFF
- in the same directory as this file for full details.
-
-* A function nth is defined.  It means the same thing as in Common Lisp.
-
-* The function install-command has been renamed to set-key.
- It now takes the key sequence as the first argument
- and the definition for it as the second argument.
- Likewise, local-install-command has been renamed to local-set-key.
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.2
-
-* A Lisp single-stepping and debugging facility exists.
- To cause the debugger to be entered when an error
- occurs, set the variable debug-on-error non-nil.
-
- To cause the debugger to be entered whenever function foo
- is called, do (debug-on-entry 'foo).  To cancel this,
- do (cancel-debug-on-entry 'foo).  debug-on-entry does
- not work for primitives (written in C), only functions
- written in Lisp.  Most standard Emacs commands are in Lisp.
-
- When the debugger is entered, the selected window shows
- a buffer called " *Backtrace" which displays a series
- of stack frames, most recently entered first.  For each
- frame, the function name called is shown, usually followed
- by the argument values unless arguments are still being
- calculated.  At the beginning of the buffer is a description
- of why the debugger was entered: function entry, function exit,
- error, or simply that the user called the function `debug'.
-
- To exit the debugger and return to top level, type `q'.
-
- In the debugger, you can evaluate Lisp expressions by 
- typing `e'.  This is equivalent to `M-ESC'.
-
- When the debugger is entered due to an error, that is
- all you can do.  When it is entered due to function entry
- (such as, requested by debug-on-entry), you have two
- options:
-  Continue execution and reenter debugger after the
-    completion of the function being entered.  Type `c'.
-  Continue execution but enter the debugger before
-    the next subexpression.  Type `d'.
-
- You will see that some stack frames are marked with *.
- This means the debugger will be entered when those
- frames exit.  You will see the value being returned
- in the first line of the backtrace buffer.  Your options:
-  Continue execution, and return that value.  Type `c'.
-  Continue execution, and return a specified value.  Type `r'.
-
- You can mark a frame to enter the debugger on exit
- with the `b' command, or clear such a mark with `u'.
-
-* Lisp macros now exist.
- For example, you can write
-    (defmacro cadr (arg) (list 'car (list 'cdr arg)))
- and then the expression
-    (cadr foo)
- will expand into
-    (car (cdr foo))
-
-Changes in Emacs 1.1
-
-* The initial buffer is now called "scratch" and is in a
- new major mode, Lisp Interaction mode.  This mode is
- intended for typing Lisp expressions, evaluating them,
- and having the values printed into the buffer.
-
-  Type Linefeed after a Lisp expression, to evaluate the
- expression and have its value printed into the buffer,
- advancing dot.
-
- The other commands of Lisp mode are available.
-
-* The C-x C-e command for evaluating the Lisp expression
- before dot has been changed to print the value in the
- minibuffer line rather than insert it in the buffer.
- A numeric argument causes the printed value to appear
- in the buffer instead.
-
-* In Lisp mode, the command M-C-x evaluates the defun
- containing or following dot.  The value is printed in
- the minibuffer.
-
-* The value of a Lisp expression evaluated using M-ESC
- is now printed in the minibuffer.
-
-* M-q now runs fill-paragraph, independent of major mode.
-
-* C-h m now prints documentation on the current buffer's
- major mode.  What it prints is the documentation of the
- major mode name as a function.  All major modes have been
- equipped with documentation that describes all commands
- peculiar to the major mode, for this purpose.
-
-* You can display a Unix manual entry with
- the M-x manual-entry command.
-
-* You can run a shell, displaying its output in a buffer,
- with the M-x shell command.  The Return key sends input
- to the subshell.  Output is printed inserted automatically
- in the buffer.  Commands C-c, C-d, C-u, C-w and C-z are redefined
- for controlling the subshell and its subjobs.
- "cd", "pushd" and "popd" commands are recognized as you
- enter them, so that the default directory of the Emacs buffer
- always remains the same as that of the subshell.
-
-* C-x $ (that's a real dollar sign) controls line-hiding based
- on indentation.  With a numeric arg N > 0, it causes all lines
- indented by N or more columns to become invisible.
- They are, effectively, tacked onto the preceding line, where
- they are represented by " ..." on the screen.
- (The end of the preceding visible line corresponds to a
- screen cursor position before the "...".  Anywhere in the
- invisible lines that follow appears on the screen as a cursor
- position after the "...".)
- Currently, all editing commands treat invisible lines just
- like visible ones, except for C-n and C-p, which have special
- code to count visible lines only.
- C-x $ with no argument turns off this mode, which in any case
- is remembered separately for each buffer.
-
-* Outline mode is another form of selective display.
- It is a major mode invoked with M-x outline-mode.
- It is intended for editing files that are structured as
- outlines, with heading lines (lines that begin with one
- or more asterisks) and text lines (all other lines).
- The number of asterisks in a heading line are its level;
- the subheadings of a heading line are all following heading
- lines at higher levels, until but not including the next 
- heading line at the same or a lower level, regardless
- of intervening text lines.
-
-  In outline mode, you have commands to hide (remove from display)
- or show the text or subheadings under each heading line
- independently.  Hidden text or subheadings are invisibly
- attached to the end of the preceding heading line, so that
- if you kill the hading line and yank it back elsewhere
- all the invisible lines accompany it.
-
-  All editing commands treat hidden outline-mode lines
- as part of the preceding visible line.
- 
-* C-x C-z runs save-buffers-kill-emacs
- offers to save each file buffer, then exits.
-
-* C-c's function is now called suspend-emacs.
-
-* The command C-x m runs mail, which switches to a buffer *mail*
- and lets you compose a message to send.  C-x 4 m runs mail in
- another window.  Type C-z C-s in the mail buffer to send the
- message according to what you have entered in the buffer.
-
-  You must separate the headers from the message text with
- an empty line.
-
-* You can now dired partial directories (specified with names
- containing *'s, etc, all processed by the shell).  Also, you
- can dired more than one directory; dired names the buffer
- according to the filespec or directory name.  Reinvoking
- dired on a directory already direded just switches back to
- the same directory used last time; do M-x revert if you want
- to read in the current contents of the directory.
-
-  C-x d runs dired, and C-x 4 d runs dired in another window.
-
-  C-x C-d (list-directory) also allows partial directories now.
-
-Lisp programming changes
-
-* t as an output stream now means "print to the minibuffer".
- If there is already text in the minibuffer printed via t
- as an output stream, the new text is appended to the old
- (or is truncated and lost at the margin).  If the minibuffer
- contains text put there for some other reason, it is cleared
- first.
-
-  t is now the top-level value of standard-output.
-
-  t as an input stream now means "read via the minibuffer".
- The minibuffer is used to read a line of input, with editing,
- and this line is then parsed.  Any excess not used by `read'
- is ignored; each `read' from t reads fresh input.
- t is now the top-level value of standard-input.
-
-* A marker may be used as an input stream or an output stream.
- The effect is to grab input from where the marker points,
- advancing it over the characters read, or to insert output
- at the marker and advance it.
-
-* Output from an asynchronous subprocess is now inserted at
- the end of the associated buffer, not at the buffer's dot,
- and the buffer's mark is set to the end of the inserted output
- each time output is inserted.
-
-* (pos-visible-in-window-p POS WINDOW)
- returns t if position POS in WINDOW's buffer is in the range
- that is being displayed in WINDOW; nil if it is scrolled
- vertically out of visibility.
-
-  If display in WINDOW is not currently up to date, this function
- calculates carefully whether POS would appear if display were
- done immediately based on the current (window-start WINDOW).
-
-  POS defaults to (dot), and WINDOW to (selected-window).
-
-* Variable buffer-alist replaced by function (buffer-list).
- The actual alist of buffers used internally by Emacs is now
- no longer accessible, to prevent the user from crashing Emacs
- by modifying it.  The function buffer-list returns a list
- of all existing buffers.  Modifying this list cannot hurt anything
- as a new list is constructed by each call to buffer-list.
-
-* load now takes an optional third argument NOMSG which, if non-nil,
- prevents load from printing a message when it starts and when
- it is done.
-
-* byte-recompile-directory is a new function which finds all
- the .elc files in a directory, and regenerates each one which
- is older than the corresponding .el (Lisp source) file.
-
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-Copyright information:
-
-Copyright (C) 1985 Richard M. Stallman
-
-   Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
-   of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
-   copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
-   thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
-
-   Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
-   of this document, or of portions of it,
-   under the above conditions, provided also that they
-   carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
-
-Local variables:
-mode: text
-end:
diff --git a/lisp/ChangeLog b/lisp/ChangeLog
index f0d2b6d367d..3c67bce1502 100644
--- a/lisp/ChangeLog
+++ b/lisp/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+2000-08-17  Gerd Moellmann  <gerd@gnu.org>
+
+        * help.el (view-emacs-news): Rewritten for new naming scheme
+        for old NEWS files.
+
+        * startup.el (command-line): Pop to *Messages* in case an error
+        is signaled while loading user-init-file.
+
 2000-08-17  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@suse.de>
 
         * files.el (insert-directory): Don't lose original file name,